Home
        Mercury 2003 Automobile User Manual
         Contents
1.                                                                   248    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications    8  Add coolant water mixture  through the thermostat housing  opening until full at housing  opening     9  Install the thermostat housing  bleed plug  Install metal pin by  pushing into the slot                                                        After any coolant has been added  check the coolant concentration  refer  to the Checking engine coolant section  If the concentration is not  50 50  protection to  34   F   36   C    drain some coolant and adjust the  concentration  It may take several drains and additions to obtain a 50 50  coolant concentration     Whenever coolant has been added  the coolant level in the coolant  reservoir should be checked the next few times you drive the vehicle  If    necessary  add enough 50 50 concentration of engine coolant and  distilled water to bring the liquid level to the proper level     249    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications    If you have to add more than 1 0 quart  1 0 liter  of engine coolant per  month  have your authorized dealer check the engine cooling system   Your cooling system may have a leak  Operating an engine with a low  level of coolant can result in engine overheating and possible engine  damage     Recycled engine coolant   Ford Motor Company does NOT recommend the use of recycled eng
2.        000  0  145    attaching with tether straps   149    in front Seat ssssersirisaririres 146  I rear Seat emne 146  Cleaning your vehicle   engine compartment                229  instrument panel            00 231  TATE TIOD a x Shc cares eE E 232  INGELIOL TIM    cs0 ss00ccccsceessees anes 232  plastic parts wo    cece 230  WASHING ssscsgcsvecivestesscsveciseasesaerien 228  WOKING  cach ceissecescsnesn E aii 228   273    Index    wheels        sonsessosensooseeessoeesse11eeo 229   wiper blades          cccccceeeeeeeees 230  Climate control  see Air  conditioning or Heating         46  48  COCR eiaa e EERS 63  Clock adjust   6 CD in dash  sipsirin 23   AM FM CD    seen 17    Compass  electronic    set zone adjustment a   80  CONSOLE  yaent 64   overhead ccd scdtctneverevesontsnioven 63  Controls   power seat oo    eeeeeeeeeees 108   steering column      eeeeeeeeee 72  Coolant   checking and adding                245   refill capacities   0 0    00    250  266   Specifications    aaaea 266  Cruise control   see Speed control  aiiis  69  Cupholder s  oie cceeeeeeeeeeeees 113  Customer Assistance                  197   Ford Extended Service   PUAN sis crete a eects 225   Getting assistance outside the   U S  and Canada oo    eee 226    Getting roadside assistance    197  Getting the service you    MEO  EOE EE N EO 221  Ordering additional owner   s  litera tunen eg 227    Utilizing the  Mediation Arbitration  Program    274    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt
3.        95  Reverse sensing system             188  Roadside assistance           0 6 197  S  Safety Belt Maintenance            121  Safety belts  see Safety  restraints  2 0    113  117 120  Safety Canopy         ccccccceseeeeees 138  Safety defects  reporting            227  Safety restraints          113  117 121  BeltMinder   asees 123  extension assembly                 121  106  ce  6   ce ee 118 120  for children                      141 142  Occupant Classification  DONSOM erarnan en ag 115  safety belt maintenance           121  warning light and chime          122  Safety seats for children            145  Safety Compliance  Certification Label        00000000   269  Satellite Radio Information           27  Seat belts   see Safety restraints                113  DEALS  panino sess sania A 106  child safety seats          00 0  145  front seats s    106  108  110  heated sesira ei 48  MeEMOTY Seat oo    eee 94  111    SecuriLock passive anti theft   SVS UCM ooer en 100    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Servicing your vehicle                235   Setting the clock  AM FM single CD    17  AM FM In dash 6 CD          23   Spare tire    see Changing the Tire              209   Spark plugs    specifications    s s s  265  268   Specification chart    Wubricant        cceecceeesseeeeeeneeees 266   Speed Control       cececeeseeeeeeees 69   Starting your vehicle          177 179  JUMP  starting       sec0 csceesesnncees 213   Steering wheel  
4.      220    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Customer Assistance    GETTING THE SERVICES YOU NEED    At home    You must take your Lincoln or Mercury vehicle to an authorized dealer  for warranty repairs  While any authorized dealer handling your vehicle  line will provide warranty service  we recommend you return to your  selling authorized dealer who wants to ensure your continued  satisfaction  Please note that certain warranty repairs require special  training and or equipment  so not all authorized dealers are authorized to  perform all warranty repairs  This means that  depending on the  warranty repair needed  you may have to take your vehicle to another  authorized dealer  A reasonable time must be allowed to perform a repair  after taking your vehicle to the authorized dealer  Repairs will be made  using Ford or Motorcraft parts  or remanufactured or other parts that are  authorized by Ford     If you have questions or concerns  or are unsatisfied with the service you  are receiving  follow these steps     1  Contact your Sales Representative or Service Advisor at your  selling servicing authorized dealer     2  If your inquiry or concern remains unresolved  contact the Sales  Manager  Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager     3  If you require assistance or clarification on Ford Motor Company  policies or procedures  please contact the Lincoln Mercury Customer  Relationship Center at 1 800 521 4140     Away from home    If you o
5.      Driver Controls    MESSAGE CENTER    With the ignition in the ON position   the message center  located on your  instrument cluster  displays    important vehicle information UOOC00 0 mi  through a constant monitor of   vehicle systems  You may select   display features on the message center for a display of status  The  system will also notify you of potential vehicle problems with a display of  system warnings followed by a long indicator chime        Selectable features    Reset    Press this control to select and reset functions shown in the INFO menu  and SETUP menu     Info menu    This control displays the following  control displays     e Odometer   e Distance to Empty   e Average Fuel Economy  e Trip Odometer   e Fuel Used   e Trip Elapsed Drive Time       e Compass  Odometer Trip odometer  Refer to Gauges in the Instrument Cluster chapter   Distance to empty  DTE   Selecting this function from the       INFO menu estimates approximately XXX m TO E  how far you can drive with the fuel _  remaining in your tank under O0000C 6 mi       normal driving conditions   Remember to turn the ignition OFF  when refueling to allow this feature to correctly detect the added fuel     78    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driver Controls    The DTE function will display LOW FUEL LEVEL and a single tone  when you have approximately 50 miles  80 km  to empty  If you RESET  this warning message  this display and tone will return within 10  minutes  
6.      Introduction    e how fast the vehicle was traveling  and  e where the driver was positioning the steering wheel     To access this information  special equipment must be directly connected  to the recording modules  Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do  not access event data recorder information without obtaining consent   unless pursuant to court order or where required by law enforcement   other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful  authority  Other parties may seek to access the information  independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada     Cell phone use    The use of Mobile Communications Equipment has become increasingly  important in the conduct of business and personal affairs  However   drivers must not compromise their own or others    safety when using  such equipment  Mobile Communications can enhance personal safety  and security when appropriately used  particularly in emergency  situations  Safety must be paramount when using mobile communications  equipment to avoid negating these benefits     Mobile Communication Equipment includes  but is not limited to cellular  phones  pagers  portable email devices  in vehicle communications  systems  telematics devices and portable two way radios     A driver   s first responsibility is the safe operation of the vehicle    The most important thing you can do to prevent a crash is to  avoid distractions and pay attention to the road  Wait until it is safe to  operate Mobile C
7.      Seating and Safety Restraints    assemblies  including retractors  buckles  front safety belt buckle  assemblies  buckle support assemblies  slide bar if equipped   shoulder  belt height adjusters Gf equipped   shoulder belt guide on seatback  if  equipped   child safety seat LATCH and tether anchors  and attaching  hardware  should be inspected after a collision  Ford Motor Company  recommends that all safety belt assemblies in use in vehicles involved in  a collision be replaced  However  if the collision was minor and an  authorized dealer finds that the belts do not show damage and continue  to operate properly  they do not need to be replaced  Safety belt  assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and  replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted     Failure to inspect and if necessary replace the safety belt  assembly under the above conditions could result in severe  personal injuries in the event of a collision     For proper care of soiled safety belts  refer to Interior in the Cleaning  chapter     Safety belt warning light and indicator chime A    The safety belt warning light illuminates in the instrument cluster and a  chime sounds to remind the occupants to fasten their safety belts     Conditions of operation    The driver s safety belt is not  The safety belt warning light  buckled before the ignition illuminates 1 2 minutes and the  switch is turned to the ON warning chime sounds 4 8 seconds   position      The driver 
8.     100    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Locks and Security    started unless a coded key programmed to your vehicle is used  The  use of the wrong type of coded key may lead to a    no start    condition     Your vehicle comes with two coded keys  additional coded keys may be  purchased from your authorized dealer  The authorized dealer can  program your spare keys to your vehicle or you can program the keys  yourself  Refer to Programming spare keys for instructions on how to  program the coded key     Note  The SecuriLock    passive anti theft system is not compatible with  non Ford aftermarket remote start systems  Use of these systems may  result in vehicle starting problems and a loss of security protection     Note  Large metallic objects  electronic devices that are used to  purchase gasoline or similar items  or a second coded key on the same  key chain may cause vehicle starting issues  You need to prevent these  objects from touching the coded key while starting the engine  These  objects will not cause damage to the coded key  but may cause a  momentary issue if they are too close to the key when starting the  engine  If a problem occurs  turn the ignition off  remove all objects on  the key chain away from the coded key and restart the engine     Anti theft indicator    The anti theft indicator is located in the instrument panel cluster        e When the ignition is in the 1 iN   LOCK  position  the indicator f R    will flash onc
9.     145    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    Place seat back in upright position     e Put the safety belt in the automatic locking mode  Refer to Automatic  locking mode     e LATCH lower anchors are recommended for use by children up to 48  Ib  22 kg  in a child restraint  Top tether anchors can be used for  children up to 60 lb  27 kg  in a child restraint  and to provide upper  torso restraint for children up to 80 Ib  86 kg  using an upper torso  harness and a belt positioning booster     Ford Motor Company recommends the use of a child safety seat having a  top tether strap  Install the child safety seat in a seating position with  LATCH and tether anchors  For more information on top tether straps  and anchors  refer to Attaching safety seats with tether straps in this  chapter  For more information of LATCH anchors refer to Attaching  safety seats with LATCH  Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children   attachments in this chapter     Carefully follow all of the manufacturer   s instructions included   with the safety seat you put in your vehicle  If you do not install  and use the safety seat properly  the child may be injured in a sudden  stop or collision     Rear facing child seats or infant carriers should never be placed  in front of an active passenger airbag     Installing child safety seats with combination lap and shoulder  belts    Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat  NEVER place a   r
10.     Driver Controls    In the event of a multiple warning situation  the message center will  cycle the display to show all warnings by displaying each one for several  seconds     The message center will display the last selected feature if there are no  more warning messages  This allows you to use the full functionality of  the message center after you acknowledge the warning by pressing the  RESET control and clearing the warning message     Warning messages that have been reset are divided into three categories   e They will not disappear until a condition is changed   e They will reappear on the display ten minutes from the reset     e They will not reappear until an ignition OFF ON cycle has been  completed     This acts as a reminder that these warning conditions still exist within  the vehicle      Driver s door ajar   Warn    Park brake engaged RELEASE PARK BRAKE will be  displayed    Warning returns after 10 minutes  Warning returns after the ignition key  is turned from OFF to RUN   Oil change required    DRIVER   S DOOR AJAR  Displayed when the driver   s door is not  completely closed    PASSENGER DOOR AJAR  Displayed when the passenger side door is  not completely closed     LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR  Displayed when the left rear door is not  completely closed        84    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driver Controls    RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR  Displayed when the right rear door is not  completely closed    PARK BRAKE ENGAGED  Displayed
11.     e If the airbag readiness lamp remains illuminated  this may or may not  be a problem due to the front passenger sensing system     DO NOT attempt to repair or service the system  take your vehicle  immediately to an authorized dealer     If it is necessary to modify an advanced front airbag system to  accommodate a person with disabilities  contact the Ford Customer  Relationship Center at the phone number shown in the Customer  Assistance chapter of this Owner   s Guide     Any alteration modification to the front passenger seat may  affect the performance of the front passenger sensing system     Determining if the system is operational   The supplemental restraint system uses a warning indicator light in the  instrument cluster or a back up tone to indicate the condition of the  system  Refer to the Warning lights and chimes section in the  Instrument Cluster chapter  Routine maintenance of the airbag is not  required     135    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    A difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following     e The readiness light  same light ee J  for front and side airbag system     will either flash or stay lit  IN    e The readiness light will not  illuminate immediately after ignition is turned on     e A series of five beeps will be heard  The tone pattern will repeat  periodically until the problem and or light are repaired     If any of these things happen  even intermi
12.     pull up on the shoulder belt while  pushing down with your knee on the  child seat     N    148    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    8  Allow the safety belt to retract to  remove any slack in the belt     9  Before placing the child in the  seat  forcibly move the seat forward  and back to make sure the seat is  securely held in place  To check  this  grab the seat at the belt path  and attempt to move it side to side  and forward  There should be no  more than one inch of movement for  proper installation        10  Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is  in the automatic locking mode  you should not be able to pull more belt  out   If the retractor is not locked  unbuckle the belt and repeat Steps 2  through 9     Check to make sure the child seat is properly secured before each use     Attaching child safety seats with tether straps   s    Most new forward facing child safety seats include a tether strap which  goes over the back of the seat and hooks to an anchoring point  Tether  straps are available as an accessory for many older safety seats  Contact  the manufacturer of your child seat for information about ordering a  tether strap     The rear seats of your vehicle are equipped with built in tether strap  anchors located behind the seats as described below     The tether anchors in your vehicle are located under a cover marked  with the tether anchor symbol  shown with
13.    DTE is calculated using a running average fuel economy  which is based  on your recent driving history of 500 miles  800 km   This value is not  the same as the average fuel economy display  The running average fuel  economy is reinitialized to a factory default value if the battery is  disconnected     Average fuel economy  AFE   Select this function from the INFO       menu to pe ee cle i ji XXX MPG  economy in miles gallon or liters  ion    000000 0 mi       If you calculate your average fuel   economy by dividing gallons of fuel   used by 100 miles traveled  kilometers traveled by liters used   your  figure may be different than displayed for the following reasons     e Your vehicle was not perfectly level during fill up    e Differences in the automatic shut off points on the fuel pumps at  service stations    e Variations in top off procedure from one fill up to another  e Rounding of the displayed values to the nearest 0 1 gallon  liter     1  Drive the vehicle at least 5 miles  8 km  with the speed control  system engaged to display a stabilized average     2  Record the highway fuel economy for future reference     It is important to press the RESET control after setting the speed  control to get accurate highway fuel economy readings     For more information refer to Fuel Information in the Maintenance  and Specifications chapter        Fuel Used   Selecting this function from the   INFO menu  XX X G USED will XXX G USED   display the fuel used since last qcggcc0
14.    Key in ignition warning chime  Sounds when the key is left in the  ignition in the OFF LOCK or ACCESSORY position and the driver   s door    is opened     Headlamps on warning chime  Sounds when the headlamps or parking  lamps are on  the ignition is off  the key is not in the ignition  and the    driver   s door is opened     2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     13    Instrument Cluster    GAUGES                       Speedometer  Indicates the  current vehicle speed     Engine coolant temperature  gauge  Indicates engine coolant  temperature  At normal operating  temperature  the needle will be in  the normal range  between    H    and     C      If it enters the red section   the engine is overheating  Stop  the vehicle as soon as safely  possible  switch off the engine and let the engine cool     Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is  running or hot     14    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Fuel gauge  Indicates  approximately how much fuel is left  in the fuel tank  when the ignition  is in the ON position   The fuel  gauge may vary slightly when the  vehicle is in motion or on a grade     The FUEL icon and arrow indicates  which side of the vehicle the fuel  filler door is located     Instrument Cluster       Refer to Filling the tank in the Maintenance and Specifications    chapter for more information     Tachometer  Indicates the engine  speed in revolutions per minute   Driving with you
15.    Note  Do not operate the washer when the washer reservoir is empty   This may cause the washer pump to overheat  Check the washer fluid  level frequently  Do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry   This may scratch the glass  damage the wiper blades and cause the wiper  motor to burn out  Before operating the wiper on a dry windshield   always use the windshield washer  In freezing weather  be sure the wiper  blades are not frozen to the windshield before operating the wipers     61    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driver Controls    TILT STEERING WHEEL  To adjust the steering wheel     1  Pull down and hold the steering  wheel release control     2  Move the steering wheel up or  down until you find the desired  location     3  Pull the steering wheel release  control up  This will lock the  steering wheel in position        f Never adjust the steering wheel when the vehicle is moving     ILLUMINATED VISOR MIRROR    Lift the mirror cover to turn on the  visor mirror lamp  The visor will  slide back and forth on the rod for  increased sunlight coverage              Slide on rod feature    Rotate the visor towards the side  window and extend it rearward for  additional sunlight coverage     Note  To stow the visor back into  the headliner  visor must be  retracted before moving it back  towards the windshield        62    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driver Controls    INSTRUMENT PANEL STORAGE CO
16.    USA  fus     D   Daytime running lamps    see Lamps        cecccceeeeeeesteeeeeee 54   Dipstick  automatic transmission  PUIG AEON E 262 263  engine oil woo    eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 239   Driving under special   CONCIIONS   0    eee 191  194  SUING EE E ees capita seetecn cones 192  snow and ice woes eeeeesceeesseeeees 195  through water o    193  196   E   Electronic message center           78   Emergencies  roadside  Jump starting oe 213   Emission control system             259   ENSINE sisceacseiavieisearesreerzeniecarseeiyes 268  cleaning 5 scacspcacsduse Gtiis inet vxcbces es 229  COOIANG seremos aeae 245  idle speed control                     243  lubrication specifications         266  refill capacities   0 0 0 0    266  SETVICE POINTS         ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 237  starting after a collision           199   Engine block heater ossec 180   Engine Oil  esseen oieee  239  change oil soon warning   message Center ripere 239  checking and adding                239  CUP STICK  sssrinin nnii 239  filter  specifications          242  265  recommendations          ccce 242   refill capacities               ccce 266  Specifications  sssisssiiissisissi 266   Exhaust fumes         ccccceeeeees 180   F   Fluid capacities seosrssiresessr 266    POSIAMPS    i   2 22 sssecderssngenssdsneedeesees 53  Four Wheel Drive vehicles  driving off road ou    eee 190  Piel eaenenian nen ra 251  calculating fuel  ECONOMY sistarea en 79  256  CAD aeran saena E EEE TE 253  Capacity erosen
17.    e Always dispose of automotive       batteries in a responsible manner  s S  Follow your local authorized Y A  standards for disposal  Call your t    local authorized recycling center  to find out more about recycling  automotive batteries     RECYCLE  ENGINE COOLANT    Checking engine coolant    The concentration and level of engine coolant should be checked at the  intervals listed in scheduled maintenance information  The coolant  concentration should be maintained at 50 50 coolant and distilled water   which equates to a freeze point of  34  F   36  C   Coolant concentration  testing is possible with a hydrometer or antifreeze tester  such as the  Rotunda Battery and Antifreeze Tester  014   R1060   The level of coolant  should be maintained at the    FULL COLD    level or within the    COLD  FILL RANGE    in the coolant reservoir  If the level falls below  add  coolant per the instructions in the Adding engine coolant section     Your vehicle was factory filled with a 50 50 engine coolant and water  concentration  If the concentration of coolant falls below 40  or above  60   the engine parts could become damaged or not work properly  A  50 50 mixture of coolant and water provides the following     e Freeze protection down to  34  F   36  C    e Boiling protection up to 265  F  129  C    e Protection against rust and other forms of corrosion     e Enables calibrated gauges to work properly     245    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maint
18.   635 340  5 x 68    295 kg      5  Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on  the vehicle  That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and  luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4     6  If your vehicle will be towing a trailer  load from your trailer will be  transferred to your vehicle  Consult this manual to determine how this  reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle     The following gives you a few examples on how to calculate the available  amount of cargo and luggage load capacity     e Another example for your vehicle with 1400 Ib   635 kg  of cargo and  luggage capacity  You decide to go golfing  Is there enough load  capacity to carry you  4 of your friends and all the golf bags  You and  four friends average 220 lb   99 kg  each and the golf bags weigh  approximately 30 lb   13 5 kg  each  The calculation would be  1400       5 x 220       6 x 30    1400     1100     150   150 lb  Yes  you have  enough load capacity in your vehicle to transport four friends and  your golf bags  In metric units  the calculation would be  635 kg      5  x 99 kg       5 x 13 5 kg    635     495     67 5   72 5 kg     e A final example for your vehicle with 1400 lb   635 kg  of cargo and  luggage capacity  You and one of your friends decide to pick up  cement from the local home improvement store to finish that patio  you have been planning for the past 2 years  Measuring the inside of  the vehicle with the rear seat 
19.   ENGINE OIL 92     Checking the engine oil    Refer to the scheduled maintenance information for the appropriate  intervals for checking the engine oil     1  Make sure the vehicle is on level ground     2  Turn the engine off and wait a few minutes for the oil to drain into the  oil pan     3  Set the parking brake and ensure the gearshift is securely latched in P   Park      4  Open the hood  Protect yourself from engine heat     239    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications    5  Locate and carefully remove the  engine oil level indicator  dipstick               IIIS   EES oOo O                                  6  Wipe the indicator clean  Insert the indicator fully  then remove it  again     e If the oil level is within this  range  the oil level is acceptable         DO NOT ADD OIL    lt  eyo l    If the oil level is below this  mark  engine oil must be added   to raise the level within the    normal operating range             OIII   RRRA O      240    2007 Montego  mgo     Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications    If required  add engine oil to the  engine  Refer to Adding engine  oil in this chapter                 e Do not overfill the engine  with oil  Oil levels above this  mark may cause engine  damage  If the engine is  overfilled  some oil must be  removed from the engine by an  authorized dealer        7  Put the indicator back in and ensure it is fully seated     Adding 
20.   Operating the HomeLink   Wireless Control System    To operate  simply press and release   the appropriate HomeLink   button  AT  Activation will now occur for the   trained product  garage door  gate O    C   operator  security system  entry   door lock  or home or office lighting   etc    For convenience  the     hand held transmitter of the device   may also be used at any time  In the event that there are still    programming difficulties  contact HomeLink   at www homelink com or  1 800 355 3515     Erasing HomeLink   buttons  To erase the three programmed  buttons  individual buttons cannot AT  be erased    e Press and hold the two outer O    O   HomeLink   buttons until the  indicator light begins to  flash after 20 seconds  Release      both buttons  Do not hold for      longer that 30 seconds  V  HomeLink   is now in the train  or    learning  mode and can be programmed at any time beginning with Step  2 in the    Programming    section     Reprogramming a single HomeLink   button   To program a device to HomeLink   using a HomeLink   button previously  trained  follow these steps    1  Press and hold the desired HomeLink   button  Do NOT release the  button     2  The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds  Without  releasing the HomeLink   button  follow Step 2 in the    Programming     section     For questions or comments  contact HomeLink   at www homelink com  or 1 800 355 3515     77    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus
21.   Owner s Guide  If not  contact a local tire dealer     Note  You may not find this information on all tires because it is not  required by federal law     7  H  Indicates the tire   s speed rating  The speed rating denotes the  speed at which a tire is designed to be driven for extended periods of  time under a standard condition of load and inflation pressure  The tires  on your vehicle may operate at different conditions for load and inflation  pressure  These speed ratings may need to be adjusted for the difference  in conditions  The ratings range from 81 mph  130 km h  to 186 mph   299 km h   These ratings are listed in the following chart     163    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Tires  Wheels and Loading    Note  You may not find this information on all tires because it is not  required by federal law     Speed rating   mph  km h   a a 81 mph  130 km h   Ooo N        O 87 mph  140 kmh   PO 99 mph  159 km h   PCR 106 mph  171 kmh   re es 112 mph  180 km h   118 mph  190 km h   re y O 124 mph  200 km h   130 mph  210 km h   Ooo cs 149 mph  240 km h   168 mph  270 km h   186 mph  299 km h   Note  For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph  240  km h   tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR  For those with  a maximum speed capability over 186 mph  299 km h   tire  manufacturers always use the letters ZR   8  U S  DOT Tire Identification Number  TIN   This begins with the  letters    DOT    and indicates that the tire m
22.   Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS subscription   Check with your authorized dealer for availability     2  Phone mute  Press to mute the  playing media  Press again to return    to the playing media        16    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus         Entertainment Systems    3  Menu  Press to toggle through  the following modes        Setting the clock  Press MENU until SELECT HOUR or SELECT MINS  is displayed  Use A IV 4 SEEK  gt  to manually increase decrease   Press MENU again to disengage clock mode    CATEGORY  Satellite Radio if equipped   Press MENU until the  currently active category appears in the display  CATEGORY MODE   In  CATEGORY MODE  press A IV to scroll through the list of available  Sirius channel Categories  Pop  Rock  News  etc   Press  lt 4 SEEK  or    SCAN to select the category  After a category is selected  press SEEK to  search for that specific category of channels only  i e  ROCK   To select  a different category  press MENU until the category appears in the    display  Press A IV to select a different category  You may also select    CATEGORY ALL to seek all available Sirius categories and channels   Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS subscription   Check with your authorized dealer for availability     If your vehicle is equipped with an in dash clock  refer to Clock in the  Driver Controls chapter     Autoset  Allows you to set the strongest local radio stations without  losing
23.   USA  fus     Locks and Security    CHILDPROOF DOOR LOCKS    e Move control up to engage the  childproof lock     e Move control down to disengage    childproof lock  ie        The childproof locks are located on rear edge of each rear door and must  be set separately for each door  Setting the lock for one door will not  automatically set the lock for both doors     SJE     e When the childproof door locks are set  the rear doors cannot be  opened from the inside     e The rear doors can be opened from the outside when the power door  locks are unlocked     INTERIOR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RELEASE    Your vehicle is equipped with a mechanical interior luggage compartment  release handle that provides a means of escape for children and adults in  the event they become locked inside the luggage compartment    Adults are advised to familiarize themselves with the operation and  location of the release handle     91    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Locks and Security    To open the luggage compartment  door  lid  from within the luggage  compartment  pull the illuminated     T    shaped handle and push up on  the trunk lid  The handle is  composed of a material that will    glow for hours in darkness following    brief exposure to ambient light     The    T    shaped handle will be  located either on the luggage  compartment door  lid  or inside  the luggage compartment near the  tail lamps     Keep vehicle doors and  luggage compartment  locked and
24.   button  Repeat the press hold release sequence  again  and  depending on the brand of the garage door opener  or other  rolling code equipped device   repeat this sequence a third time to  complete the programming     HomeLink   should now activate your rolling code equipped device  To  program additional HomeLink   buttons begin with Step 2 in the     Programming    section  For questions or comments  please contact  HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515     Gate Operator  amp  Canadian Programming   During programming  your   hand held transmitter may AT  automatically stop transmitting       not allowing enough time for   HomeLink   to accept the signal   from the hand held transmitter     After completing Steps 1 and 2    outlined in the    Programming     section  replace Step 3 with the following     Note  If programming a garage door opener or gate operator  it is  advised to unplug the device during the    cycling    process to prevent  overheating     e Continue to press and hold the HomeLink   button  note Step 3 in the     Programming    section  while you press and release     every two  seconds     cycle     your hand held transmitter until the frequency  signal has been accepted by the HomeLink    The indicator light will  flash slowly and then rapidly after HomeLink   accepts the radio  frequency signal     e Proceed with Step 4 in the    Programming    section     76    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driver Controls  
25.   dealer to aid in troubleshooting     Arming the system    When armed  this system will respond if unauthorized entry is  attempted  When unauthorized entry occurs  the system will flash the  turn signal lamps and will sound the horn     The system is ready to arm whenever the key is removed from the  ignition  Either of the following actions will prearm the alarm system     e Press the A   control on the remote entry transmitter     When you press the lock control twice within three seconds on your  remote entry transmitter  the horn will chirp once to let you know that  all doors  the hood and the trunk are closed  If any of these are not  closed  the horn will chirp twice to warn you that a door  the hood or the  trunk is still open     e Press the driver or passenger  interior door lock control while  the door is open  then close the  door                 104    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Locks and Security    Press the 7 e 8 and 9    0  controls on the keyless entry pad  at the same time to lock the  doors  driver   s door must be  closed      There is a 20 second countdown  when any of the above actions occur  before the vehicle becomes armed     Each door  the hood or the trunk is  armed individually  and if any are  open  they must be closed for the  system to enter the 20 second  countdown                             ees  Ee  Ee          The turn signal lamps will flash once   when all doors  the hood or the   trunk are closed ind
26.   function           Compass calibration adjustment   Perform the following steps on an open area free from steel structures  and high voltage lines  For optimum calibration  turn off all electrical  accessories  heater   air conditioning  wipers  etc   and make sure all  vehicle doors are shut    1  Turn ignition to the ON position    2  Start the engine    3  Press the INFO button repeatedly until the Compass and Odometer    are displayed   Do not select Trip  DTE  or AFE  The top of the message  center must be blank      81    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driver Controls    Note  If message center displays the message  SLOW CIRCLES TO  CALIBRATE   then continue with Step 4  Otherwise  if a heading is  displayed  continue with Step 5     4  Drive the vehicle in circles up to       three times until the message i   CALIBRATION COMPLETED  eae  appears and one of the 8 valid i sul       headings  N  NE  E  SE  S  SW  W   NW  is displayed    5  Verify that the calibration process has taken place by driving the  vehicle in at least one circle  confirming that the heading changes  accordingly  If this happens  the compass has been calibrated  successfully  Otherwise  if the display shows only one heading as the  vehicle is being driven around  repeat the procedure from Step 3   Setup menu   Press this control for the following  displays    e Language   e Units  English Metric    e System Check       Language    1  Select this function from the  S
27.   the system   may not function properly in the event of a collision or rollover event     Disposal of airbags and airbag equipped vehicles   For disposal of airbags or airbag equipped vehicles  see your authorized  dealer   Airbags MUST BE disposed of by qualified personnel    SAFETY RESTRAINTS FOR CHILDREN    See the following sections for directions on how to properly use safety  restraints for children  Also see Airbag supplemental restraint system   SRS  in this chapter for special instructions about using airbags     Important child restraint precautions    You are required by law to use safety restraints for children in the U S   and Canada  If small children  generally children who are four years old  or younger and who weigh 40 Ib   18 kg  or less  ride in your vehicle  you    141    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    must put them in safety seats made especially for children  Many states  require that children use approved booster seats until they are eight  years old  Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific  requirements regarding the safety of children in your vehicle  When  possible  always place children under age 12 in the rear seat of your  vehicle  Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly  restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position     Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while the  vehicle is moving  The pa
28.   write or call     FORD MOTOR COMPANY   WORLDWIDE DIRECT MARKET OPERATIONS   1555 Fairlane Drive   Fairlane Business Park  3   Allen Park  Michigan 48101   U S A    Telephone   813  594 4857   FAX   813  390 0804   If you are in another foreign country  contact the nearest authorized  dealer  If the authorized dealer employees cannot help you  they can  direct you to the nearest Ford affiliate office    If you buy your vehicle in North America and then relocate outside of  the U S  or Canada  register your vehicle identification number  VIN  and  new address with Ford Motor Company Worldwide Direct Market  Operations     Customers in the U S  should call 1 800 392 3673     226    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Customer Assistance    ORDERING ADDITIONAL OWNER   S LITERATURE   To order the publications in this portfolio  contact Helm  Incorporated at   HELM  INCORPORATED   P O  Box 07150   Detroit  Michigan 48207   Or call    For a free publication catalog  order toll free  1 800 782 4356  Monday Friday 8 00 a m    6 00 p m  EST    Helm  Incorporated can also be reached by their website   www helminc com      tems in this catalog may be purchased by credit card  check or  money order      Obtaining a French owner   s guide  French Owner   s Guides can be obtained from your authorized dealer or    by writing to Ford Motor Company of Canada  Limited  Service  Publications  P O  Box 1580  Station B  Mississauga  Ontario L4Y 4G3     REPORTING SAFETY
29.   you may also use Motorcraft Dash  amp  Vinyl Cleaner  ZC 38 A      e Do not use household or glass cleaners as these may damage the  finish   INTERIOR    For fabric  carpets  cloth seats  safety belts and seats equipped with side  airbags     e Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner     e Remove light stains and soil with Motorcraft Professional Strength  Carpet  amp  Upholstery Cleaner  ZC 54      If grease or tar is present on the material  spot clean the area first  with Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover  ZC 14      e If a ring forms on the fabric after spot cleaning  clean the entire area  immediately  but do not oversaturate  or the ring will set     e Do not use household cleaning products or glass cleaners  which can  stain and discolor the fabric and affect the flame retardant abilities of  the seat materials     Do not use cleaning solvents  bleach or dye on the vehicle   s  safety belts  as these actions may weaken the belt webbing     Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents when cleaning   the seat mounted side airbag  if equipped   Such products could  contaminate the side airbag system and affect performance of the side  airbag in a collision     LEATHER SEATS  IF EQUIPPED     Your leather seating surfaces have a clear  protective coating over the  leather     e To clean  use a soft cloth with Motorcraft Deluxe Leather and Vinyl  Cleaner  ZC 11   A   Dry the area with a soft cloth     232    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   
30.  0 mi  im    reset  The information displayed will  be in gallons or liters  depending on  English metric mode state  Press  and hold RESET to reset mode        79    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driver Controls    Trip elapsed drive time  Select this function from the INFO  menu to display a timer  XX  XX  XX    To operate the Trip Elapsed Drive 000008 0 mi  Time perform the following           1  Press and release RESET in order  to start the timer     2  Press and release RESET to pause the timer   3  Press and hold RESET for 2 seconds in order to reset the timer     Compass display   Select this function from the INFO menu  Press the INFO button  repeatedly until the Compass and Odometer are displayed   Do not  select Trip  DTE  or AFE  The top of the message center must be blank    The compass reading may be affected when you drive near large  buildings  bridges  power lines and powerful broadcast antenna  Magnetic  or metallic objects placed in  on or near the vehicle may also affect  compass accuracy     Usually  when something affects the compass readings  the compass will  correct itself after a few days of operating your vehicle in normal  conditions  If the compass still appears to be inaccurate  a manual  calibration may be necessary  Refer to Compass zone calibration  adjustment    Most geographic areas  zones  have a magnetic north compass point that  varies slightly from the northerly direction on maps  This variation is four  
31.  10 percent and  again when the engine oil life remaining is between 5  and 1   When oil  life left reaches 0   the OIL LIFE 0   CHANGE OIL message will be  displayed    An oil change is required whenever indicated by the message center and  according to the recommended maintenance schedule  USE ONLY  RECOMMENDED ENGINE OILS    To reset the oil monitoring system to 100  after each oil change   approximately 5 000 miles  8 000 km  or 180 days  perform the  following     85    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driver Controls    To reset the oil life to 100  with system warnings CHANGE OIL  SOON OIL CHANGE REQUIRED displayed     1  Select this function from the                   cara control for current display GIL LIFE XX   RESET IF NEW   2  Press and release the RESET   control to display    IF NEW OIL IF NEW DIL   HOLD RESET     HOLD BEGET   3  Press and hold the RESET   control to display OIL LIFE SET TO 7   100   Your oil life is now reset  S   0       To set the oil life to 100  without system warnings displayed     Press SETUP to display    PRESS _  RESET FOR SYS CHECK     PRESS RESET    FOR SYS CHECK          1  Press RESET to start the System       Check which will display    OIL LIFE Jya  XX  RESET IF NEW     GIL LIFE XX     RESET IF NEW          2  Press and hold the RESET until     IF NEW OIL HOLD RESET    is IF NEW OIL  displayed  then release  rt RESET       3  Press and hold RESET control          again until OIL LIFE SET TO 100  GW L
32.  DEFECTS  U S  ONLY     If you believe that your vehicle has   a defect which could cause a crash  or could cause injury or death  you   should immediately inform the    National Highway Traffic Safety  Administration  NHTSA  in addition to notifying Ford Motor Company     If NHTSA receives similar complaints  it may open an investigation  and  if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles  it may order a  recall and remedy campaign  However  NHTSA cannot become involved  in individual problems between you  your dealer  or Ford Motor  Company    To contact NHTSA  you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at  1 888 327 4236  TTY  1 800 424 9153   go to hitp  Auww safercar  gov   or write to    Administrator   NHTSA   400 Seventh Street  SW   Washington  D C  20590   You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from  http   www  safercar  gov     227    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Cleaning    WASHING THE EXTERIOR    Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or lukewarm water and a neutral  pH shampoo  such as Motorcraft Detail Wash  ZC 3   A   which is  available from your authorized dealer     e Never use strong household detergents or soap  such as dish washing  or laundry liquid  These products can discolor and spot painted  surfaces     e Never wash a vehicle that is    hot to the touch    or during exposure to  strong  direct sunlight    e Always use a clean sponge or car wash mitt with plenty of w
33.  Emergencies    Fuse Relay Fuse Amp Power Distribution Box  Location Rating Description  Traction Control Module  TCM     PG   20A     Power point  Console     i ee eal  devices  headlamp    24 10A   A C clutch relay  A C compressor  clutch    pT Noted S  Ooo 6   Notused S    27 15A   Fuel relay  Fuel pump driver  ee ee  ii re  Fuses 6  7  9  10  11 and 15     30 20A  Left hand HID low beam  headlamp    po Noted S O    32 30A  Driver seat motors  Memory  module    Pe ios   35 iN sed  E Notused SS  3s Notre SSS    205       2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Roadside Emergencies    Fuse Relay Fuse Amp Power Distribution Box  PC Noted S  pA TSO relay PAC chute ___     4 ISO relay Fuel pump driver module  Fuel  pump    PT Not used o S O  5A   Heated Positive Crankcase  Ventilation  PCV  valve    Pa Noted S O    48 10A   TCM  EVMV  Canister vent  ESM   Exhaust Gas Oxygen heaters  A C  49 15A   PCM  Injectors  Ignition coils   a eae Mass Air Flow  MAF  sensor  PBT  Notus S O  oo o oa S   y Notus S O  PHT CC Notse o  PH s  Notus S O  PTC Notus S O    CHANGING THE TIRES  If you get a flat tire while driving        e do not brake heavily    e gradually decrease the vehicle   s speed    e hold the steering wheel firmly    e slowly move to a safe place on the side of the road     206    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Roadside Emergencies    The use of tire sealants is not recommended and may damage  your tires     Dissimilar s
34.  If  service is necessary  see your dealer or qualified technician     Satellite radio information  if equipped     Satellite radio channels  Satellite radio frequencies are established by  the Federal Communications Commission  FCC   SIRIUS Satellite Radio  broadcasts within a frequency range of 2320 0 MHz 2332 5 MHz  This  frequency range is sub divided into over 120 channels of music  news   sports  weather and traffic programming  For a complete set of SIRIUS  Satellite Radio channels  visit www sirius com or call SIRIUS at  1 888 539 7474  For a quick reference of the SIRIUS Satellite Radio  channel guide  refer to the Sirius Welcome Kit     Satellite radio reception factors  To receive the satellite signal  your  vehicle has been equipped with a satellite radio antenna located on the  roof of your vehicle  The vehicle roof provides the best location for an  unobstructed  open view of the sky  a requirement of a satellite radio  system  Like AM FM  there are several factors that can affect satellite  radio reception performance     e Antenna Obstructions  For optimal reception performance  keep the  antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other  material as far away from the antenna as possible     Terrain  Hills  mountains  tall buildings  bridges  tunnels  freeway  overpasses  parking garages  dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can  interfere with your reception     27    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Entertainment
35.  If the vehicle   s powertrain system or its battery has just been serviced   the on board diagnostics system is reset to a    not ready for I M test     condition  To ready the on board diagnostics system for I M testing  a  minimum of 30 minutes of city and highway driving is necessary as  described below     e First  at least 10 minutes of driving on an expressway or highway     e Next  at least 20 minutes driving in stop and go  city type traffic with  at least four idle periods     Allow the vehicle to sit for at least eight hours without starting the  engine  Then  start the engine and complete the above driving cycle  The  engine must warm up to its normal operating temperature  Once started   do not turn off the engine until the above driving cycle is complete     POWER STEERING FLUID    Refer to the scheduled maintenance information for the service  interval schedules  If adding fluid is necessary  use only MERCON   ATF     1  Start the engine and let it run  until it reaches normal operating  temperature  the engine coolant  temperature gauge indicator will be  near the center of the normal area  between H and C      2  While the engine idles  turn the  steering wheel left and right several  times     3  Turn the engine off     4  Check the fluid level in the reservoir  It should be between the MIN  and MAX lines  Do not add fluid if the level is in this range     5  If the fluid is low  add fluid in small amounts  continuously checking  the level until it reaches t
36.  M    GOS INB  alseis Sinet nactaasspeusngeseradeeenes 261   Instrument panel             cccceeee 63  CLEANING     5 ssicasseecdsgsnesescneascas sate 231  CIIASTOL sprna 10  lighting up panel and  INUOTION    ss c220205eheshvanciaceitivesadlacas    54   J   JACK saner nr 206  POSIONINE ryen 206  IROI Re TEA EAE E ST 206   Jump starting your vehicle        213   K   Keyless entry system            0000  99  AULOLOCK  vcissstecsscsstedessisinesssedecess 88  keypad sssiesiseeidiinaactaceiecessstasecces 99  locking and unlocking doors   100  programming entry code           99   275    Index    KEYS  yede ae ea a 102  positions of the ignition           177  L  Lamps  autolamp system         ccceeeees 52  bulb replacement  specifications chart                   57  daytime running light                 54  fog LAMPS  se sessses chee setacctsadederecssys 53  headlamps siiri er 52  headlamps  flash to pass            53  instrument panel  dimming        54  interior lamps              c0006 56 57  replacing bulbs               0  57  60  Lane change indicator   see Turn signal  irern 56  Lights  warning and indicator     10  anti lock brakes  ABS             181  Load limits 4     lt   sesscesetseersessesecdvcess 168  Locks  AUILOLOCK cena Seach sass deevveanssessahneseads 88  ChIIGDLOOL  shesccsscetstinsssacscavsgersioc 91  COOLS  EAO AE E 88  Lubricant specifications             266  LMS MUTS serando 213  Lumbar support  seats               107  M  Message center    sssi 78  eng
37.  MOON ROOF  IF EQUIPPED   You can move the glass panel of the moon roof back to open or tilt up to  ventilate the vehicle     A Do not let children play with the moon roof or leave children    unattended in the vehicle  They may seriously hurt themselves     72    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driver Controls    To open the moon roof        The moon roof is equipped with an    automatic  one touch  express  opening and closing feature  To stop GZ  motion at any time during the    one touch operation  press the  control a second time                                To open the moon roof  press and release the rear portion of the control     When closing the moon roof  you should verify that it is free of  obstructions and ensure that children and or pets are not in the  proximity of the moon roof opening     To close the moon roof   To close  press and release the front portion of the control   Bounce back     When an obstacle has been detected in the moon roof opening as the  moon roof is closing  the moon roof will automatically open and stop at a  prescribed position     Bounce back override     To override bounce back  press and hold the front portion of the control   For example  Bounce back can be used to overcome the resistance of ice  on the moon roof or seals     To vent     To tilt the moon roof into the vent position  when the glass panel is  closed   press and hold the middle portion of the control  To close the  moon roof from the v
38.  Press the ON control and release  it   2  Accelerate to the desired speed     3  Press the SET   control and  release it        4  Take your foot off the accelerator  pedal     5  The indicator O light on the  instrument cluster will turn on        69    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driver Controls    Note   e Vehicle speed may vary momentarily when driving up and down a  steep hill     If the vehicle speed increases above the set speed on a downhill  you  may want to apply the brakes to reduce the speed     If the vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph  16 km h  below  your set speed on an uphill  your speed control will disengage     Disengaging speed control   To disengage the speed control    e Depress the brake pedal or press CNCL  Cancel    Disengaging the speed control will not erase previous set speed     Resuming a set speed    Press the RES control and release  it  This will automatically return the  vehicle to the previously set speed   The RES control will not work if the  vehicle speed is not faster than 30  mph  48 km h         Increasing speed while using speed control    There are two ways to set a higher  speed     e Press and hold the SET   control  until you get to the desired  speed  then release the control   You can also use the SET    control to operate the Tap Up  function  Press and release this  control to increase the vehicle set  speed in small amounts by 1 mph   1 6 km h      e Use the accelerator pedal to get 
39.  Systems    e Station overload  When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating  tower  a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and result in an  audio mute     Unlike AM FM audible static  you will hear an audio mute when there is  a satellite radio signal interference  Your radio display may display NO  SIGNAL to indicate the interference     SIRIUS satellite radio service  SIRIUS Satellite Radio is a continental  U S  based satellite radio service that broadcasts over 120 channels of  music  sports  news and entertainment coast to coast  A service fee is  required in order to receive SIRIUS service  Vehicles that are equipped  with a factory installed SIRIUS Satellite Radio system include     e Hardware and limited subscription term  which begins on the date of  sale or lease of the vehicle     e SIRIUS online media player access  providing access to all 100   commercial free music channels over the internet  Call SIRIUS at  1 888 539 7474 to obtain login instructions and your password     For information on extended subscription terms  contact SIRIUS at  1 888 539 7474     Note  SIRIUS reserves the unrestricted right to change  rearrange  add  or delete programming including canceling  moving or adding particular  channels  and its prices  at any time  with or without notice to you  Ford  Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programming  changes    Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number  ESN   This 12 digit  Satellite Serial Number is needed to activ
40.  and Safety Restraints    Move a child to a different seating location if the shoulder belt  does not stay positioned on the shoulder during use     Follow all instructions provided by the manufacturer of the  booster seat     Never put the shoulder belt under a child   s arm or behind the  back because it eliminates the protection for the upper part of  the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a collision     Never use pillows  books  or towels to boost a child  They can  slide around and increase the likelihood of injury or death in a  collision     SAFETY SEATS FOR CHILDREN    Child and infant or child safety seats   Use a safety seat that is recommended for the size and weight of the  child  Carefully follow all of the manufacturer   s instructions with the  safety seat you put in your vehicle  If you do not install and use the  safety seat properly  the child may be injured in a sudden stop or  collision     When installing a child safety seat     e Review and follow the information  presented in the Airbag  Supplemental Restraint System  section in this chapter     e Use the correct safety belt buckle  for that seating position     Insert the belt tongue into the  proper buckle until you hear a  snap and feel it latch  Make sure  the tongue is securely fastened in  the buckle     e Keep the buckle release button pointing up and away from the safety  seat  with the tongue between the child seat and the release button   to prevent accidental unbuckling    
41.  available when contacting the Lincoln Centre     e Your telephone number  home and business     e The name of the authorized dealer and the city where the authorized  dealer is located    e The year and make of your vehicle   e The date of vehicle purchase   e The current odometer reading   e The vehicle identification number  VIN   Additional Assistance    If you still have a complaint involving a warranty dispute  you may wish  to contact the Better Business Bureau  BBB  AUTO LINE program  U S   only      222    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Customer Assistance    In some states  in the U S   you must directly notify Ford in writing  before pursuing remedies under your state   s warranty laws  Ford is also  allowed a final repair attempt in some states     In the United States  a warranty dispute must be submitted to the BBB  AUTO LINE before taking action under the Magnuson Moss Warranty  Act  or to the extent allowed by state law  before pursuing replacement  or repurchase remedies provided by certain state laws  This dispute  handling procedure is not required prior to enforcing state created rights  or other rights which are independent of the Magnuson Moss Warranty  Act or state replacement or repurchase laws     IN CALIFORNIA  U S  ONLY     California Civil Code Section 1793 2 d  requires that  if a manufacturer  or its representative is unable to repair a motor vehicle to conform to the  vehicle   s applicable express warranty after 
42.  battery saver will shut off the interior lamps 30 minutes after the  ignition has been turned to the 1  LOCK  position     e If the dome lamps were turned on using the panel dimmer control  the  battery saver will shut off them off 30 minutes after the ignition has  been turned to the 1  LOCK  position     e If the courtesy lamps were turned on because one of the vehicle doors  was opened  the battery saver will shut them off 10 minutes after the  ignition has been turned to the 1  LOCK  position     The battery saver will shut off the headlamps and foglamps 10  minutes after the ignition has been turned to the 1  LOCK  position     Illuminated exit    e When all vehicle doors and the trunk are closed  and the key is  removed from the ignition  the interior dome lamps  and the exterior  mirror puddle lamps  if equipped  will illuminate     The lights will turn off if all the doors and the trunk remain closed and  e 25 seconds elapse  or  e the key is inserted in the ignition     98    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Locks and Security    KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM    You can use the keyless entry  keypad to     e lock or unlock the doors without  using a key        open the trunk     e recall memory seat power  mirrors adjustable pedals  positions 1 or 2     The keypad can be operated with   the factory set 5    digit entry code    this code is located on the owner   s   wallet card in the glove box  is   marked on the computer module    and is avail
43.  can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire  Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver   s door   The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the  recommended pressure on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or  Tire Label     When weather temperature changes occur  tire inflation pressures also  change  A 10   F  6   C  temperature drop can cause a corresponding  drop of 1 psi  7 kPa  in inflation pressure  Check your tire pressures  frequently and adjust them to the proper pressure which can be found  on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label     To check the pressure in your tire s      1  Make sure the tires are cool  meaning they are not hot from driving  even a mile    If you are checking tire pressure when the tire is hot  G e  driven more  than 1 mile  1 6 km    never    bleed    or reduce air pressure  The tires are  hot from driving and it is normal for pressures to increase above  recommended cold pressures  A hot tire at or below recommended cold  inflation pressure could be significantly under inflated     Note  If you have to drive a distance to get air for your tire s   check  and record the tire pressure first and add the appropriate air pressure    156    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Tires  Wheels and Loading    when you get to the pump  It is normal for tires to heat up and the air  pressure inside to go up as you drive     2  Remove the cap f
44.  can steer the vehicle manually  but it takes more effort   If the steering wanders or pulls  check for   e an improperly inflated tire  e uneven tire wear  e loose or worn suspension components  e loose or worn steering components    e improper steering alignment  AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE OPERATION    Brake shift interlock    This vehicle is equipped with a brake shift interlock feature that prevents  the gearshift lever from being moved from P  Park  when the ignition is  in the ON position unless the brake pedal is depressed     If you cannot move the gearshift lever out of P  Park  with ignition in  the ON position and the brake pedal depressed     1  Remove the trim ring around the gearshift lever     2  Remove the console panel by  opening the armrest  grasping the  panel firmly  then pulling up  This  will allow access to the gearshift  assembly              184    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driving    3  Locate the white plastic cover at   the front driver side of the gearshift   lever  Locate the screw which Gy  attaches this cover and remove wa   using a screwdriver  Remove the O  cover by tilting forward while    pulling up and out of the gearshift  assembly              4  Locate the silver button in the driver side front area of the gearshift  assembly  Press and hold the silver button while moving the gearshift  lever out of P  Park  into N  Neutral     5  Start the vehicle and release the parking brake    If it is necessary to use
45.  cause engine damage     250    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications    Decreased engine coolant concentrations below 40  will  decrease the freeze protection characteristics of the engine  coolant and may cause engine damage    Refer to the chart on the coolant container to ensure the  coolant concentration in your vehicle will provide adequate  protection at the temperatures in which you drive    Vehicles driven year round in non extreme climates should use a 50 50  mixture of engine coolant and distilled water for optimum cooling system  and engine protection     FUEL FILTER   For fuel filter replacement  see your authorized dealer  Refer to  scheduled maintenance information for the appropriate intervals for  changing the fuel filter    Replace the fuel filter with an authorized Motorcraft part  The  customer warranty may be void for any damage to the fuel system  if an authorized Motorcraft fuel filter is not used     WHAT YOU SHOULD KNOW ABOUT AUTOMOTIVE FUELS fg     Important safety precautions    Do not overfill the fuel tank  The pressure in an overfilled tank  may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray and fire     The fuel system may be under pressure  If the fuel filler cap is   venting vapor or if you hear a hissing sound  wait until it stops  before completely removing the fuel filler cap  Otherwise  fuel may  spray out and injure you or others     If you do not use the proper fuel filler cap  excessive vacu
46.  chapter     e one or more impact and safing sensors   e Safety belt pretensioner    130    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    e a readiness light and tone   e diagnostic module   e and the electrical wiring which connects the components     e Front passenger sensing system  Refer to Front passenger sensing  system later in this chapter     e    Passenger airbag off    or    pass airbag off    indicator lamp  Refer to  Front passenger sensing system later in this chapter     The diagnostic module monitors its own internal circuits and the  supplemental airbag electrical system wiring  including the impact  sensors   the system wiring  the airbag system readiness light  the airbag  back up power and the airbag ignitors     Front passenger sensing system   The front passenger sensing system is designed to meet the regulatory   requirements of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard  FMVSS  208   and is designed to disable  will not inflate  the front passenger   s frontal   airbag under certain conditions    The front passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of   the front passenger   s seat and safety belt  The sensors are designed to   detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the  front passenger   s frontal airbag should be enabled  may inflate  or  disabled  will not inflate     The front passenger sensing system will disable  will not inflate  the   front passenger   s fro
47.  considered normal and  will not affect function or durability of the transmission  Over time  the  adaptive learning process will fully update transmission operation     1  Use only a 12 volt supply to start your vehicle     2  Do not disconnect the battery of the disabled vehicle as this could  damage the vehicle   s electrical system     3  Park the booster vehicle close to the hood of the disabled vehicle  making sure the two vehicles do not touch  Set the parking brake on  both vehicles and stay clear of the engine cooling fan and other moving  parts     4  Check all battery terminals and remove any excessive corrosion before  you attach the battery cables  Ensure that vent caps are tight and level     5  Turn the heater fan on in both vehicles to protect any electrical  surges  Turn all other accessories off     Connecting the jumper cables          1  Connect the positive     jumper cable to the positive     terminal of  the discharged battery     Note  In the illustrations  lightning bolts are used to designate the  assisting  boosting  battery     214    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Roadside Emergencies          2  Connect the other end of the positive     cable to the positive      terminal of the assisting battery           3  Connect the negative     cable to the negative     terminal of the  assisting battery     215    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Roadside Emergencies          4  Make the final 
48.  designed for your vehicle  The customer warranty may  be void for any damage to the fuel tank or fuel system if the  correct genuine Ford or Motorcraft fuel filler cap is not used     The fuel system may be under pressure  If the fuel filler cap is   venting vapor or if you hear a hissing sound  wait until it stops  before completely removing the fuel filler cap  Otherwise  fuel may  spray out and injure you or others     If you do not use the proper fuel filler cap  excessive vacuum in  the fuel tank may damage the fuel system or cause the fuel cap  to disengage in a collision  which may result in possible personal injury     Choosing the right fuel    Use only UNLEADED fuel or UNLEADED fuel blended with a maximum  of 10  ethyl alcohol  Your vehicle was not designed to run on E85 fuels  that are blended with a maximum of 85  ethyl alcohol  The use of  leaded fuel is prohibited by law and could damage your vehicle  Do not  use fuel containing methanol  It can damage critical fuel system  components     Your vehicle was not designed to use fuel or fuel additives with metallic  compounds  including manganese based additives  Studies indicate that  these additives can cause your vehicle   s emission control system to  deteriorate more rapidly  In Canada  premium grade fuel generally  contains more metallic additives than regular grade fuel  We recommend  using regular grade fuel  In Canada  many fuels contain metallic  additives  but fuels free of such additives may be availabl
49.  driver   s door will automatically unlock  reminding you that your key is still in the ignition     The vehicle can still be locked  with the key in the ignition  using the  manual lock control on the door  locking the driver   s door with a key  or  using the lock control on the remote entry transmitter     If the driver   s door is closed  then the vehicle can be locked from any  method  regardless of whether the key is in the ignition or not   Autolock   The autolock feature will lock all the doors when    e all the doors are closed    e the ignition is in the 3  RUN  position    e you shift into any gear putting the vehicle in motion  and    e the brake pedal is released and the vehicle attains a speed greater  than 5 mph  8 km h      The autolock feature repeats when   e any door is opened then closed while the ignition is in the 3  RUN   position  and    88    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Locks and Security    e you put the vehicle in motion by releasing the brake pedal and the  vehicle attains a speed greater than 5 mph  8 km h    Deactivating activating autolock    Your vehicle comes with the autolock feature activated  There are three  methods to enable disable this feature  One is through your authorized  dealer  the second with a power door unlock lock sequence  and the third  with the keypad     Before following the activation or deactivation procedures  make sure  that the anti theft system is not armed  ignition is off  and all
50.  einernie 266  choosing the right fuel             254  comparisons with EPA fuel  economy estimates                   259  detergent in fuel           255  filling your vehicle with  HUE  aoisean 251  253  256  filter  specifications          251  265  fuel pump shut off switch       199  improving fuel economy          256  octane rating rsrsrsrs 254  268  QUANG     e sexevsacasccsaateesceserectotias 255  running out of fuel             255  safety information relating to  automotive fuels             cee 251  Fuel pump shut off switch         199  FUSES ensortir aaea 200  G  Gas cap  see Fuel cap               253  Gas mileage   see Fuel economy             000e 256  GAUGES     eeccccccccssccesesseeeessseeeeseeaes 14  H  Hazard flashers resesscressiress 199  Head restraints           106  111 112  Headlamps  sssccsissseesssasvaccsseevecsetaues 52  ANTON G aiioe atai NEA 54  autolamp system              cc00 52  bulb specifications               000 57    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     daytime running lights               54  flash tO pass wo    ceeeeeseeeeeeeees 53  High  Dean  wsscctcoscsscsserrvessasancneees 53  replacing bulbs    cess 57  turning on and off    52   Heating  heating and air conditioning  SVSLEIM  Sorento 46  48   Homelink wireless control   SAINE 1 NEA E E 74   Hoodi skeare 236   I   ISILON E E 177  268   Illuminated visor mirror               62   Infant seats    see Safety seats  oo    eee 145   Inspection maintenance  I
51.  feature for that seating position if it  is currently enabled  As confirmation  the safety belt warning light will  flash 4 times per second for 3 seconds     This will enable the BeltMinder   feature for that seating position if it  is currently disabled  As confirmation  the safety belt warning light will  flash 4 times per second for 3 seconds  followed by 3 seconds with the  light off  then followed by the safety belt warning light flashing 4 times  per second for 3 seconds again     126    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    AIRBAG SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM  SRS                                                     The airbag supplemental restraint system  SRS  is designed to work in  conjunction with the safety belts to help protect the driver and front  outboard passenger from certain upper body injuries  The term     supplemental restraint    means the airbags are intended as a supplement  to the safety belts  Airbags alone cannot protect as well as airbags plus  safety belts in impacts for which the airbags are designed to deploy  and  airbags do not offer any protection in crashes for which they do not  deploy     Important supplemental restraint system precautions  Airbags DO NOT inflate slowly or  gently and the risk of injury from a  deploying airbag is greatest close to  the trim covering the airbag module           Km    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safe
52.  from the vehicle in a safe place to help prevent any  inconveniences  Please visit an authorized dealer to purchase additional  spare or replacement keys     Programming spare keys   You can program your own coded keys to your vehicle   Tips    e A maximum of eight keys can be coded to your vehicle   e Only use SecuriLock   keys     e You must have two previously programmed coded keys  keys that  already operate your vehicle   s engine  and the new unprogrammed  key s  readily accessible     e If two previously programmed coded keys are not available  you must  take your vehicle to your authorized dealer to have the spare key s   programmed     102    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Locks and Security    Please read and understand the  entire procedure before you begin     1  Insert the first previously O   4   programmed coded key into the         ignition     2  Turn the ignition from the 1  LOCK  position to the 3  RUN  position   Keep the ignition in the 3  RUN  position for at least three seconds  but  no more than 10 seconds     3  Turn the ignition to the 1  LOCK  position and remove the first coded  key from the ignition     4  Within ten seconds of turning the ignition to the 1 CLOCK  position   insert the second previously coded key into the ignition     5  Turn the ignition from the 1  LOCK  position to the 3 CRUN  position   Keep the ignition in the 3  RUN  position for at least three seconds  but  no more than 10 seconds     6  Tur
53.  frontal collisions   unless the collision causes sufficient lateral deceleration or rollover  likelihood     Several Safety Canopy    system components get hot after  inflation  Do not touch them after inflation     Va              140    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    If the Safety Canopy    system has deployed  the Safety   Canopy    will not function again unless replaced  The  Safety Canopy    system  including the A  B  and C pillar trim   must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer  If the  Safety Canopy    is not replaced  the unrepaired area will increase the  risk of injury in a collision     Determining if the system is operational    The SRS uses a readiness light in the instrument cluster or a tone to   indicate the condition of the system  Refer to the Airbag readiness   section in the Instrument Cluster chapter  Routine maintenance of the   airbag is not required    Any difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the   following    e The readiness airbag light  same light as for front airbag system  will  either flash or stay lit    e The readiness light will not illuminate immediately after ignition is  turned on    e A series of five beeps will be heard  The tone pattern will repeat  periodically until the problem and light are repaired    If any of these things happen  even intermittently  have the SRS serviced   at your an authorized dealer immediately  Unless serviced
54.  harmful  interference with radio communications     43    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Entertainment Systems    However  there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a  particular installation  If this equipment does cause harmful interference  to radio or television reception   which can be determined by turning the  equipment off and on   the user is encouraged to consult the dealer or  an experienced radio TV technician for help     Care and service of the DVD player    Environmental extremes    DVD players that are subjected to harsh environmental conditions may  be damaged or perform at less than optimal capability  To avoid these  outcomes  whenever possible avoid exposing your DVD player to     e extremely hot or cold temperatures     direct sunlight   high humidity   a dusty environment     locations where strong magnetic fields are generated     Temperature extremes    When the vehicle is parked under direct sunlight or in an extremely cold  place for a long period of time  wait until the cabin temperature of the  vehicle is at normal temperature before operating the system     Humidity and moisture condensation    Moisture in the air will condense in the DVD player under extremely  humid conditions or when moving from a cold to a warm location  If  moisture condensation occurs  do not insert a CD or DVD into the  player  If one is already in the player  remove it and turn the DVD player  ON to dry the moisture before i
55.  headlamp and parklamp operation     Move the control to the full upright  position  past detent  to turn on the  interior lamps           AIMING THE HEADLAMPS    The headlamps on your vehicle are properly aimed at the assembly plant   If your vehicle has been in an accident the alignment of your headlamps  should be checked by your authorized dealer     Vertical aim adjustment    1  Park the vehicle directly in front of a wall or screen on a level surface   approximately 25 feet  7 6 meters  away     54    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Lights    e  1  8 feet  2 4 meters     e  2  Center height of lamp to  ground    e  3  25 feet  7 6 meters   e  4  Horizontal reference line    2  Measure the height of the  headlamp bulb center from the  ground and mark an 8 foot  2 5  meter  horizontal reference line on  the vertical wall or screen at this  height  a piece of masking tape works well         3  Turn on the low beam headlamps to illuminate the wall or screen and  open the hood     To see a clearer light pattern for adjusting  you may want to block the  light from one headlamp while adjusting the other     4  On the wall or screen you will  observe an area of high intensity  light  The top of the high intensity  area should touch the horizontal  reference line  if not  the beam will  need to be adjusted using the next  step     5  Locate the vertical adjuster on  each headlamp  Using a Phillips  2  screwdriver  turn the adjuster either  clockwis
56.  is no gear shifting up or down  Acceleration up to vehicle operating  speed is smooth and continuous  uninterrupted by gear shifting  The  same holds true for coasting down to idle  smooth and continuous     Unlike traditional automatic transmissions transaxles  the CVT offers  more responsive performance and increased fuel economy        P  Park     This position locks the transaxle and prevents the front wheels from  turning     To put your vehicle in gear   e Depress the brake pedal  e Move the gearshift lever into the desired gear  To put your vehicle in P  Park    e Come to a complete stop  e Move the gearshift lever and securely latch it in P  Park   Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is    latched in P  Park   Turn the ignition to the LOCK position and  remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle     186    2007 Montego  mgo     Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driving    R  Reverse     With the gearshift lever in R  Reverse   the vehicle will move backward   Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of R   Reverse      N  Neutral     With the gearshift lever in N  Neutral   the vehicle can be started and is  free to roll  Hold the brake pedal down while in this position     D  Drive    The normal driving position for the best fuel economy    L  Low    Provides more engine braking when the accelerator pedal is released  than D  Drive      Understanding the gearshift positions of the 6 speed automatic  transaxl
57.  keep keys and remote  transmitters out of a child   s reach   Unsupervised children could lock  themselves in the trunk and risk  injury  Children should be taught   not to play in vehicles                    On hot days  the temperature in the trunk or vehicle interior can   rise very quickly  Exposure of people or animals to these high  temperatures for even a short time can cause death or serious  heat related injuries  including brain damage  Small children are    particularly at risk     92    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Locks and Security    REMOTE ENTRY SYSTEM    This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules and with RS 210 of  Industry Canada  Operation is subject to the following two conditions    1  This device may not cause harmful interference  and  2  This device  must accept any interference received  including interference that may  cause undesired operation     Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party  responsible for compliance could void the user   s authority to  operate the equipment     The typical operating range for your remote entry transmitter is  approximately 33 feet  10 meters   A decrease in operating range could  be caused by     e weather conditions    e nearby radio towers    e structures around the vehicle  or   e other vehicles parked next to your vehicle   The remote entry system allows you to     e unlock the vehicle doors without  a key     lock all the vehicle doors without  a k
58.  located on  the B Pillar or the edge of the driver   s door     e B pillar  The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the  front door     e Bead area of the tire  Area of the tire next to the rim   e Sidewall of the tire  Area between the bead area and the tread     e Tread area of the tire  Area of the perimeter of the tire that  contacts the road when mounted on the vehicle     e Rim  The metal support  wheel  for a tire or a tire and tube assembly  upon which the tire beads are seated     INFLATING YOUR TIRES    Safe operation of your vehicle requires that your tires are properly  inflated  Every day before you drive  check your tires  If one looks lower  than the others  use a tire gauge to check pressure of all tires and adjust  if required  Remember that a tire can lose up to half of its air pressure  without appearing flat     At least once a month and before long trips  inspect each tire and check  the tire pressure with a tire gauge  including spare  if equipped   Inflate  all tires to the inflation pressure recommended by Ford Motor Company     Use a tire gauge to check the tire inflation pressure  including the spare   if equipped   at least monthly and before long trips  You are strongly  urged to buy a reliable tire pressure gauge  as automatic service station  gauges may be inaccurate  Ford Motor Company recommends the use of  a digital or dial type tire pressure gauge rather than a stick type tire  pressure gauge     Use the recommended cold infl
59.  openers may require you to replace     Step 3 with procedures noted in the      Gate Operator and Canadian Programming    in this section for Canadian  residents    4  The indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly  Release both  buttons when the indicator light flashes rapidly   The rapid flashing light  indicates acceptance of the hand held transmitters    radio frequency  signals     5  Press and hold the just trained HomeLink   button and observe the  indicator light  If the light is constant  programming is complete and your  device should activate when the HomeLink   button is pressed and  released  Note  To program the remaining two HomeLink   buttons   begin with Step 2 in the    Programming    section     do not repeat Step 1   Note  If the indicator light blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns  to a continuous red  proceed with Steps 6 through 8 to complete  programming of a rolling code equipped device    6  At the garage door opener receiver  motor head unit  in the garage   locate the    learn    or    smart    button  usually near where the hanging  antenna wire is attached to the unit      7  Press and release the    learn    or    smart    button   The name and color  of the button may vary by manufacturer      75    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driver Controls    Note  There are 30 seconds in which to initiate Step 8     8  Return to the vehicle and firmly press  hold for two seconds and  release the HomeLink 
60.  per minute   RPM   When the engine starts  the idle RPM runs higher than normal in  order to warm the engine  If the engine idle speed does not slow down  automatically  have the vehicle checked     Before starting the vehicle     1  Make sure all vehicle occupants have buckled their safety belts  For  more information on safety belts and their proper usage  refer to the  Seating and Safety Restraints chapter     2  Make sure vehicle accessories are off              e Make sure the parking brake is      set  L        178    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driving    e Make sure the gearshift lever is in  P  Park         3  Turn the key to 3  RUN  without  turning the key to 4  START           hy  Some warning lights will briefly illuminate  See Warning lights and    chimes in the Instrument Cluster chapter for more information  regarding the warning lights     Starting the engine    1  Turn the key to 3  RUN  without  turning the key to 4  START      2  Turn the key to 4  START   then Ol  4   release the key as soon as the    engine starts  Excessive cranking          could damage the starter     Note  If the engine does not start within five seconds on the first try   turn the key to LOCK  wait 10 seconds and try again  If the engine still  fails to start  press the accelerator to the floor and try again  this will  allow the engine to crank with the fuel shut off in case the engine is  flooded with fuel     179    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners G
61.  properly restrained  Accident  statistics suggest that children are much safer when properly restrained  in the rear seating positions than in the front     Air bags can kill or injure a child in a child seat  NEVER place a   rear facing child seat in front of an active air bag  If you must  use a forward facing child seat in the front seat  move the seat all the  way back     Always transport children 12 years old and under in the back  seat and always properly use appropriate child restraints     The front passenger sensing system can automatically turn off the  passenger front airbag  The system is designed to help protect small   child size  occupants from airbag deployments when they are  improperly seated or restrained in the front passenger seat contrary to  proper child seating or restraint usage recommendations  Even with this  technology  parents are STRONGLY encouraged to always properly  restrain children in the rear seat  The sensor also turns off the passenger  front airbag and seat mounted side airbag  if equipped  when the  passenger seat is empty to prevent unnecessary replacement of airbag s   after a collision     Front safety belt usage sensors  The front safety belt usage sensors detect whether or not the driver and  front outboard passenger safety belts are fastened  This information    115    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    allows your Personal Safety System   to tailor the airbag deployme
62.  serious injury or  death in a crash  Always sit upright against your seatback  with your  feet on the floor     To reduce the risk of possible serious injury  Do not hang objects   off seat back or stow objects in map pocket  if equipped  when  a child is in the front passenger seat  Do not place objects underneath  the front passenger seat or between the seat and the center console  if  equipped   Check the    passenger airbag off    or    pass airbag off     indicator lamp for proper airbag status  Refer to Front passenger  sensing system section for additional details  Failure to follow these  instructions may interfere with the front passenger seat sensing  system     The control is located on the outboard side of the seat cushion     Press the front or rear portion to tilt  the seat     e Driver             Ne    109    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    Press the control to move the seat  forward  backward  up or down     e Driver    Press the control to move the seat  forward  or backward     e Passenger    Press the control Gif equipped  to  recline the seatback forward or  rearward        Heated seats  if equipped   To operate the heated seats   e Push the control located on the    climate control system panel once    to activate high heat   e Push twice to activate low heat   e Push a third time to deactivate     The indicator light on the control will illuminate when activated  For low  heat  one light w
63.  space available  Overloading or improperly  loading your vehicle can contribute to loss of vehicle control and  vehicle rollover     169    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Tires  Wheels and Loading    Example only     CARGO    Cargo Weight     includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight   including cargo and optional equipment  When towing  trailer tongue load     XXX  XX XXXX XXXX    TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION    SEATING CAPACITY   TOTALS   FRONT2   REAR3      The combined weight of occupants    and cargo should never exceed   XXX kg or XXX Ibs     TIRE COLD TIRE PRESSURE  fm   9 _ snomencsne   see OWNERS  TONERS   MANUAL FOR    SPARE 7145 80D16 420 KPA  60 PSI  P225 60R17 200 KPA  29 PSI    XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX    TIRE AND LOAD INFORMATION  RENSEIGNEMENTS RELATIFS AUX PNEUS ET A LA CHARGE    SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL XX FRONT XX REAR X  NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL AVANT ARRI  RE      The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed _ XXX kg      XXX  XX XXXX XXXX    La charge du v  hicle  occupants et bagages  ne doit jamais d  passer     XXX Ibs   T SE COLD TIRE PRESSURE SEE OWNERS MANUAL  PNEUS DIMENSIONS PRESSION    FROID D OE  FRONT   LT225 75R 16 5E   200 KPA  29 PSI INFORMATION  CONSULTER LE GUIDE   REAR    LT225 75R 16 5E   200 KPA  29PSI   Du PROPRIETAIRE  POUR DE PLUS  SPARE    T145 80D16 420 KPA  60 PSI AMPLES  SECOURS P225 60R17 200 KPA  29 PSI RESEIGNEMENTS    XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX       or king pin weight is also part of cargo
64.  sticker  Contact your  authorized dealer if the window sticker is not supplied with your vehicle   The EPA window sticker should be your guide for the fuel economy  comparisons with other vehicles    It is important to note the box in the lower left corner of the window  sticker  These numbers represent the Range of MPG  L 100 km   expected on the vehicle under optimum conditions  Your fuel economy  may vary depending upon the method of operation and conditions     EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM       Your vehicle is equipped with various emission control components and a  catalytic converter which will enable your vehicle to comply with  applicable exhaust emission standards  To make sure that the catalytic  converter and other emission control components continue to work    properly   e Use only the specified fuel listed   e Avoid running out of fuel     e Do not turn off the ignition while your vehicle is moving  especially at  high speeds     e Have the items listed in scheduled maintenance information  performed according to the specified schedule     The scheduled maintenance items listed in scheduled maintenance  information are essential to the life and performance of your vehicle  and to its emissions system     If other than Ford  Motorcraft or Ford authorized parts are used for  maintenance replacements or for service of components affecting  emission control  such non Ford parts should be equivalent to genuine  Ford Motor Company parts in performance and durability     
65.  the  top and bottom  When shown on the screen  it may appear as a small  screen within the wide screen  It may be desirable to view this type of  movie in zoom mode  To enter zoom mode  press DISP once for the  player menu and again to adjust the display setting  Select zoom from  the screen settings by using the arrow and ENTER controls     34    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Entertainment Systems    Remote control    Pea     GAA      1  REV  REVERSE  control   Press to reverse the direction of the DVD movie   2  FWD  FORWARD  control   Press to advance the direction of the DVD movie   3  PLAY STOP control    When playing  press PLAY STOP to stop the disc  When stopped  press  PLAY STOP to play the disc     4  SEEK control   Press to reverse  Vv   or advance  A   the chapter of the DVD or the  track of the CD    5  DISP  DISPLAY  control    Press to enable the on screen display of the player   s menu and display  settings  Once the display is on  use SEEK to highlight the desired  screen setting    6  ENTER  MEMORY control    In DVD playback mode  press the control to select a highlighted item  from the menu        In stop mode  press the control to select the next audio memory preset     35    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Entertainment Systems    7  MENU MODE control   In DVD playback mode  press to access the disc menu    In stop mode  press to change media types  e g  AM  FM  CD       8  VOL  VOLUME  cont
66.  the above procedure to move the gearshift lever   it is possible that a fuse has blown or the vehicle   s brakelamps are not  operating properly  Refer to Fuses and relays in the Roadside  Emergencies chapter     Do not drive your vehicle until you verify that the brakelamps  are working     Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is  latched in P  Park   Turn the ignition to the LOCK position and  remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle     If the parking brake is fully released  but the brake warning lamp  remains illuminated  the brakes may not be working properly   See your authorized dealer     Understanding the gearshift positions of the Continuously Variable  Transaxle  CVT   if equipped    The CVT is a fully automatic transaxle that electronically monitors  vehicle system inputs and outputs and driver demands to select the  desired drive ratio  Unlike traditional automatic transmissions transaxles   the CVT continually adjusts the optimum overall drive ratio between  engine and drive wheels for all operating conditions    As traditional automatic transmissions transaxles shift up or down in  gears  this shifting in gear ratios is noticeable by increasing and    185    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driving    decreasing engine RPM which causes a slight energy loss as the gears  change  The gear changes can be felt by the driver     With the CVT  there is no energy transfer loss from shifting because  there
67.  the gearshift A  lever is in the P  Park  position           Press and hold the rocker control   located on the instrument panel  to v  adjust accelerator and brake pedal           e Press the top of the control to  adjust the pedals away from you     e Press the bottom of the control to adjust the pedals towards you   The adjustment allows for approximately 2 8 inches  71 mm  of  maximum travel     N Never adjust the accelerator and brake pedal with feet on the         pedals while the vehicle is moving     68    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driver Controls    Memory feature  if equipped     The accelerator and brake pedal positions are saved when doing a  memory set function and can be recalled along with the vehicle  personality features when a memory position is selected through the  remote entry transmitter  keyless entry keypad or memory switch on the  driver   s door  if equipped with memory feature   Refer to Memory  seats mirrors adjustable pedals in the Seating and Safety Restraints  chapter     SPEED CONTROL    With speed control set  you can maintain a speed of 30 mph  48 km h   or more without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal  Speed  control does not work at speeds below 30 mph  48 km h      Do not use the speed control in heavy traffic or on roads that  are winding  slippery or unpaved     Setting speed control    The controls for using your speed  control are located on the steering  wheel for your convenience     1 
68.  the instrument panel and floor vents   9  7s   Distributes air through the instrument panel vents     10  Manual override controls  Allows you to manually select where  airflow is directed  To return to full automatic control  press AUTO     11      Front fan speed control  Press to manually increase or  decrease the fan speed  To return to automatic fan operation  press  AUTO     12  EXT  Press to display outside temperature  Press again to display  cabin temperature settings     13  F C  Temperature conversions   Press to switch temperature  display between    Fahrenheit and    Celsius     14  OFF  Outside air is shut out and the climate control system is turned  off     15  Driver temperature control  Press to increase decrease the  temperature on the driver side of the cabin  Sets the passenger side  temperature also when DUAL is disengaged  The recommended vehicle  cabin setting is between 72  F  22  C  and 75  F  24  C      Dual temperature control  Press and hold the AUTO button to  engage disengage separate passenger side temperature control     16  AUTO  To engage automatic temperature control  press AUTO and  select the desired temperature using the temperature control  The  system will automatically determine fan speed  airflow location  A C on  or off  and outside or recirculated air  to heat or cool the vehicle to reach  the desired temperature     47    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Climate Controls    Dual Zone Automatic Temper
69.  title      The tether strap anchors in your  vehicle are in the following positions     shown from top view   4        8 L                      Attach the tether strap only to the appropriate tether anchor as  shown  The tether strap may not work properly if attached  somewhere other than the correct tether anchor     149    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    1  Position the child safety seat on the seat cushion   2  Route the child safety seat tether strap over the back of the seat     For vehicles with adjustable head restraints  route the tether strap under  the head restraint and between the head restraint posts  otherwise route  the tether strap over the top of the seatback     3  Locate the correct anchor for the    selected seating position  N    4  Open the tether anchor cover  PNI                5  Clip the tether strap to the  anchor as shown     If the tether strap is clipped   incorrectly  the child safety  seat may not be retained properly  in the event of a collision        6  Install the child safety seat tightly using the LATCH anchors or safety  belts  Follow the instructions in this chapter     7  Tighten the child safety seat tether strap according to the  manufacturer   s instructions     If the safety seat is not anchored properly  the risk of a child  being injured in a collision greatly increases     150    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Rest
70.  to correct the effects of  using an aftermarket product in your fuel may not be covered by your  warranty     Many of the world   s automakers approved the World wide Fuel Charter  that recommends gasoline specifications to provide improved  performance and emission control system protection for your vehicle   Gasolines that meet the World wide Fuel Charter should be used when  available  Ask your fuel supplier about gasolines that meet the  World wide Fuel Charter     Cleaner air   Ford endorses the use of reformulated    cleaner burning    gasolines to  improve air quality    Running out of fuel    Avoid running out of fuel because this situation may have an adverse  effect on powertrain components     If you have run out of fuel     e You may need to cycle the ignition from OFF to ON several times after  refueling to allow the fuel system to pump the fuel from the tank to  the engine  On restarting  cranking time will take a few seconds longer  than normal     e Normally  adding one gallon of fuel is enough to restart the engine  If  the vehicle is out of fuel and on a steep grade  more than one gallon  may be required     255    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications    e The C indicator may come on  For more information on the    check  engine    or the    service engine soon    indicator  refer to Warning lights  and chimes in the Instrument Cluster chapter     ESSENTIALS OF GOOD FUEL ECONOMY    Measuring technique
71.  to the  highest speed initially  then adjust to maintain passenger comfort     e To improve the A C cool down  drive with the windows slightly open  for 2 3 minutes after starting the vehicle or until the vehicle has     aired out        In extremely cold temperatures  to maximize overall heater performance  it is suggested to not operate the auxiliary system  if so equipped  until  the engine temperature gauge crosses into the normal operating range     To aid in side window defogging demisting in cold weather    1  Select 7     2  Select A C    3  Adjust the temperature control to maintain comfort    4  Set the fan to the highest speed    5  Direct the outer instrument panel vents towards the side windows     Do not place objects on top of the instrument panel as these  objects may become projectiles in a collision or sudden stop     50    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Climate Controls    REAR WINDOW DEFROSTERPG      The rear defroster control is located on the climate control panel and  works to clear the rear window of fog and thin ice    The ignition must be in the 3  RUN  position to operate the rear window  defroster    The rear defroster turns off automatically after 10 minutes or when the  ignition is turned to the 1  LOCK  position  To manually turn off the  defroster before 10 minutes have passed  push the control again    Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean the inside  of the rear window or to remove decals fro
72.  turned to the 1  LOCK  position and  the vehicle is locked using the remote entry transmitter or the keyless  entry keypad  The door lock controls are re enabled when the vehicle is  unlocked using the key in the door lock cylinder  the keypad  or by  pressing on the remote entry transmitter  This feature can be turned  on or off using the following procedure     Before starting  ensure the ignition is in the 1  LOCK  position and all  vehicle doors are closed  You must complete Steps 1 5 within 30 seconds  or the procedure will have to be repeated     1  Place the key in the ignition and turn the ignition to the 3  RUN   position     2  Press the power door unlock control on the door panel three times   3  Turn the ignition from the 3  RUN  position to the 1 CLOCK  position   4  Press the power door unlock control on the door panel three times     5  Turn the ignition back to the 3  RUN  position  The horn will chirp  one time to confirm programming mode has been entered and is active   6  Press the power door lock control on the door panel two times within  five seconds  The horn will chirp two times to confirm the feature is off   the horn will chirp two times and honk one time to confirm the feature is  on     7  Turn the ignition from the 3  RUN  position to the 1  LOCK  position   The horn will chirp one time to confirm the programming mode has been  exited     Repeat the procedure to turn the feature on or off     90    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt 
73.  up on the latch     Use only soft cups in the cupholder  Hard objects can injure you  in a collision     SAFETY RESTRAINTS    Personal Safety System       The Personal Safety System    provides an improved overall level of  frontal crash protection to front seat occupants and is designed to help  further reduce the risk of airbag related injuries  The system is able to  analyze different occupant conditions and crash severity before activating  the appropriate safety devices to help better protect a range of  occupants in a variety of frontal crash situations    Your vehicle   s Personal Safety System    consists of    e Driver and passenger dual stage airbag supplemental restraints     e Front outboard safety belts with pretensioners  energy management  retractors  first row only   and safety belt usage sensors     113    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    e Driver   s seat position sensor    e Front passenger sensing system   e    Passenger airbag off    or    pass airbag off    indicator lamp   e Front crash severity sensor    e Restraints Control Module  RCM  with impact and safing sensors   e Restraint system warning light and back up tone     e The electrical wiring for the airbags  crash sensor s   safety belt  pretensioners  front safety belt usage sensors  driver seat position  sensor  front passenger sensing system  and indicator lights     How does the Personal Safety System    work     The Personal Safe
74.  vehicle  doors are closed    Power door unlock lock procedure    You must complete steps 1 5 within  30 seconds or the procedure will  have to be repeated  If the  procedure needs to be repeated   you must wait 30 seconds     1  Turn the ignition to the 3 CRUN  position    2  Press the power door unlock control three times    3  Turn the ignition from the 3  RUN  to the 1  LOCK  position    4  Press the power door unlock control three times    5  Turn the ignition back to the 3  RUN  position  The horn will chirp     6  Press the unlock control  then press the lock control  The horn will  chirp once if autolock was deactivated or twice  one short and one long  chirp  if autolock was activated     7  Turn the ignition to the 1  LOCK  position  The horn will chirp once  to confirm the procedure is complete     Keyless entry key pad procedure   1  Turn the ignition to the 1  LOCK  position    2  Close all the doors    3  Enter factory   set 5   digit entry code    4  Press and hold the 7 e 8  While holding the 7 e 8 press the 3 e 4   5  Release the 3 e 4    6  Release the 7    8     The user should receive a horn chirp to indicate the system has been  disabled or a chirp followed by a honk to indicate the system has been  enabled              89    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Locks and Security    Power door lock unlock inhibit feature    As a theft deterrent  the power door lock controls can be disabled 20  seconds after the ignition has been
75.  washer antifreeze additive   Washer fluids containing non methanol antifreeze agents should be used  only if they provide cold weather protection without damaging the  vehicle   s paint finish  wiper blades or washer system     If you operate your vehicle in temperatures below 40   F  4 5  C    use washer fluid with antifreeze protection  Failure to use  washer fluid with antifreeze protection in cold weather could result in   impaired windshield vision and increase the risk of injury or accident     Note  Do not put washer fluid in the engine coolant reservoir  Washer  fluid placed in the cooling system may harm engine and cooling system  components     238    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications    CHANGING THE WIPER BLADES             1  Pull the wiper arm away from the vehicle slightly   2  Press the release button and pull the wiper blade from the wiper arm     3  Attach the new wiper to the wiper arm by sliding it onto the wiper  arm until it clicks into place     Replace wiper blades at least once per year for optimum performance     Poor wiper quality can be improved by cleaning the wiper blades and the  windshield  refer to Windows and wiper blades in the Cleaning  chapter     To prolong the life of the wiper blades  it is highly recommended to  scrape off the ice on the windshield before turning on the wipers  The  layer of ice has many sharp edges and can damage the micro edge of the  wiper rubber element   
76.  weight     GAW  Gross Axle Weight      is the total weight placed on each axle   front and rear      including vehicle curb weight and all payload     170    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt     USA  fus           Tires  Wheels and Loading    GAWR  Gross Axle Weight Rating      is the maximum allowable  weight that can be carried by a single axle  front or rear   These  numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label  located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver   s door  The total  load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR     Note  For trailer towing information refer to Trailer towing found in  this chapter or the RV and Trailer Towing Guide provided by your  authorized dealer      2    I     He          GVW  Gross Vehicle Weight      is the Vehicle Curb Weight   cargo         passengers   GVWR  Gross Vehicle Weight  Rating      is the maximum MFD  BY FORD MOTOR CO    f DATE  XXIXX GVWR XXXXXLB  XXXXXKG  allowable weight of the fully loaded FRONT GAWR  XXXL REAR GAWR   XXXXLB  vehicle  including all options  XXXXKG hi a WITH     5 TIRES  equipment  passengers and cargo   Fy NO  The GVWR is shown on the AT XXX KPAX  PSLCOLD   AT   XXX KPaIXX PSI COLD  Safety Compliance Certification THIS VEHICLE OGNIE eT FEDERAL MOTOR   Z VEHICLE SAFETY AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN  Label located on the B Pillar or EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE          VIN  XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXX  the edge of the driver   s door  TPE ae pai  The 
77.  when the park brake is engaged   If the warning stays on after the park brake is off  contact your  authorized dealer as soon as possible    LOW FUEL LEVEL  Displayed as an early reminder of a low fuel  condition    CHECK CHARGING SYSTEM  Displayed when the electrical system is  not maintaining proper voltage  If you are operating electrical accessories  when the engine is idling at a low speed  turn off as many of the  electrical loads as possible  If the warning stays on or comes on when the  engine is operating at normal speeds  have the electrical system checked  as soon as possible     CHECK BRAKE SYSTEM  Displayed when the brake system needs  servicing  If the warning stays on or continues to come on  contact your  authorized dealer as soon as possible    LOW BRAKE FLUID  Indicates the brake fluid level is low and the  brake system should be inspected immediately  Refer to Brake fluid  reservoir in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter   LIFTGATE AJAR  if equipped   Displayed when the liftgate is not  completely closed    TRUNK AJAR  if equipped   Displayed when the trunk is not  completely closed    LOW WASHER FLUID LEVEL  Indicates the washer fluid reservoir is  less than one quarter full  Check the washer fluid level  Refer to  Windshield washer fluid in the Maintenance and Specifications  chapter    CHANGE OIL SOON OIL CHANGE REQUIRED  Oil Life XX    CHANGE SOON OIL LIFE 0   CHANGE OIL  OIL LIFE XX   CHANGE  SOON displayed when the engine oil life remaining is
78.  with the glass cleaner  or if the wipers chatter and move in a jerky motion  clean the outer  surface of the windshield and the wiper blades using a sponge or soft  cloth with a neutral detergent or mild abrasive cleaning solution  After  cleaning  rinse the windshield and wiper blades with clean water  The  windshield is clean if beads do not form when you rinse the windshield  with water     Do not use sharp objects  such as a razor blade  to clean the    inside of the rear window or to remove decals  as it may cause  damage to the rear window defroster   s heated grid lines     INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CLUSTER LENS    Clean the instrument panel with a damp cloth  then with a clean  dry   cloth  or use Motorcraft Dash  amp  Vinyl Cleaner  ZC 38 A     e Avoid cleaners or polish that increase the gloss of the upper portion of  the instrument panel  The dull finish in this area helps protect the  driver from undesirable windshield reflection     Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents when cleaning  the steering wheel or instrument panel to avoid contamination of  the airbag system     231    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Cleaning    e Be certain to wash or wipe your hands clean if you have been in  contact with certain products such as insect repellent and suntan  lotion in order to avoid possible damage to the interior painted  surfaces    INTERIOR TRIM    e Clean the interior trim areas with a damp cloth  then with a clean  dry  cloth
79.  your original manually set preset stations for AM FM1 FM2   Press    MENU to access  Use A IV  q SEEK to set     When the six strongest stations are filled  the station stored in preset 1  will begin playing  If there are less than six strong stations  the system  will store the last one in the remaining presets     Bass  Press to adjust the bass setting  Use     W   lt Q SEEK      Treble  Press to adjust the treble setting  Use A IV   q SEEK    Balance  Press to adjust the audio between the left and right speakers   Use A V   lt   SEEK      Fade  Press to adjust the audio between the front and rear speakers     Use   A  V   lt   SEEK      17    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Entertainment Systems    Speed sensitive volume  if equipped   Radio volume automatically  changes slightly with vehicle speed to compensate for road and wind    noise  Press MENU to access and use A IV 4 SEEK    to adjust     Recommended level is 1 3  Level 0 turns the feature off and level 7 is  the maximum setting     4  Aux  Press to toggle between  FES DVD and AUX modes  If no  ax    auxiliary sources are available  NO   AUX AUDIO will be displayed    If equipped with Satellite Radio  press AUX to cycle through SAT 1   SAT2 and SAT3 modes    Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS subscription   Check with your authorized dealer for availability     5  Seek  In radio mode  press P to  access the next strong station        In CD mode  press  gt  to acces
80. 002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    Adjusting the front manual seat  if equipped     Never adjust the driver   s seat or seatback when the vehicle is  moving     Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap  belt snug and low across the hips     Lift handle to move seat forward or  backward     Pull lever up to adjust seatback     Before returning the  seatback to its original  position  make sure that cargo or  any objects are not trapped  behind the seatback  After  returning the seatback to its  original position  pull on the Di ee  seatback to ensure that it has fully  latched  An unlatched seat may  become dangerous in the event of  a sudden stop or collision        Adjusting the front power seat  if equipped     Never adjust the driver   s seat or seatback when the vehicle is  moving     108    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    Do not pile cargo higher than the seatbacks to reduce the risk of  injury in a collision or sudden stop     Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap  belt snug and low across the hips     A Reclining the seatback can cause an occupant to slide under the  seat   s safety belt  resulting in severe personal injuries in the  event of a collision     Sitting improperly out of position or with the seat back reclined   too far can take off weight from the seat cushion and affect the  decision of the passenger sensing system  resulting in
81. 35  Engine compartment 237  Engine oil 239  Battery 243  Engine coolant 245  Fuel information 251  Part numbers 265  Maintenance product specifications and capacities 266  Engine data 268   Accessories 271   Index 273    All rights reserved  Reproduction by any means  electronic or mechanical  including photocopying  recording or by any information storage and retrieval  system or translation in whole or part is not permitted without written  authorization from Ford Motor Company  Ford may change the contents without  notice and without incurring obligation     Copyright    2006 Ford Motor Company    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Introduction    CALIFORNIA Proposition 65 Warning    WARNING  Engine exhaust  some of its constituents  and   certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to  the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other  reproductive harm  In addition  certain fluids contained in vehicles and  certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known  to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other  reproductive harm     CONGRATULATIONS   Congratulations on acquiring your new Mercury  Please take the time to  get well acquainted with your vehicle by reading this handbook  The  more you know and understand about your vehicle  the greater the  safety and pleasure you will derive from driving it    For more information on Ford Motor Company and its products visit the  fo
82. 36700 crashes occur every day  The more we   events    drive  the more we are exposed to    rare    events   even for good drivers  1 in 4 of us will be  seriously injured in a crash during our  lifetime        Tm not going far     3 of 4 fatal crashes occur within 25 miles  40 km   of home        Belts are We design our safety belts to enhance comfort  If   uncomfortable    you are uncomfortable   try different positions for  the safety belt upper anchorage and seatback  which should be as upright as possible  this can  improve comfort        I was ina hurry     Prime time for an accident  BeltMinder    reminds us to take a few seconds to buckle up      Safety belts don   t   Safety belts  when used properly  reduce risk of    death to front seat occupants by 45  in cars   and by 60  in light trucks        Traffic is light    Nearly 1 of 2 deaths occur in single vehicle  crashes  many when no other vehicles are around      Belts wrinkle my   Possibly  but a serious crash can do much more    than wrinkle your clothes  particularly if you are  unbelted           124    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    Reasons given      Consider          The people I m Set the example  teen deaths occur 4 times more   with don   t wear often in vehicles with TWO or MORE people    belts    Children and younger brothers sisters imitate  behavior they see        T have an airbag      Airbags offer greater protection when used with  sa
83. A 1771  FG 986    1The PCV valve is a critical emission component  It is one of the items    listed in the scheduled maintenance information and is essential to  the life and performance of your vehicle and to its emissions system        For PCV valve replacement  see your authorized dealer  Refer to  scheduled maintenance information for the appropriate intervals for  changing the PCV valve     Replace the PCV valve with one that meets Ford material and  design specifications for your vehicle  such as a Motorcraft or  equivalent replacement part  The customer warranty may be void  for any damage to the emissions system if such a PCV valve is not  used        For spark plug replacement  see your authorized dealer  Refer to  scheduled maintenance information for the appropriate intervals for  changing the spark plugs    Replace the spark plugs with ones that meet Ford material and  design specifications for your vehicle  such as Motorcraft or  equivalent replacement parts  The customer warranty may be  void for any damage to the engine if such spark plugs are not  used     265    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications    ouON PMY HUn  T  JSULIL aMoq pmy ALD       Ld O6MGL AX Ayeroodg yeno   CEV SMET OT   rug soysueay  Imoq      UON PMD        IV9T9TT    TO UOIssTUISURLT  OATOA  1L 0  Sturt ST DEE SER     V L6TOZIN dSM  ee  oxy Tey wnTUerg  110  suid gT   PME  AMY  eV mey  06 M08 AVS Yer10 0 N    TEL  V PZ60ZIN SSM ilies pm
84. AUTO LINE PROGRAM   U S  ONLY     Your satisfaction is important to Ford Motor Company and to your dealer   Experience has shown that our customers have been very successful in  achieving satisfaction by following the three step procedure outlined on  the front page of the Warranty Guide  However  if your warranty concern  has not been resolved using the three step procedure  you may be  eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO LINE program     The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of two parts     mediation and  arbitration  Initially  the BBB will try to resolve your question or concern  through mediation  Mediation is a process through which a  representative of the BBB will contact the parties and explore options  for settlement of your claim  If mediation is not successful  customers  with eligible claims may participate in the BBB AUTO LINE arbitration  process  An arbitration hearing will be scheduled so that you can present  your case in an informal setting before an impartial person  The  arbitrator will consider the testimony provided and make a decision after  the hearing  You are not bound by the decision but may choose to accept  it  If you choose to accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision then Ford must  abide by the accepted decision as well  If the arbitrator has decided in  your favor and you accept the decision  the BBB AUTO LINE program  will contact you to ensure that Ford has complied with the decision in a  timely manner  Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE pr
85. CONTROL   IF EQUIPPED        of iO  SF fn                            1  G47 Defrost  Distributes outside air through the windshield defroster  and demister vents  Can be used to clear thin ice or fog from the  windshield  To exit Q select another mode    2  Passenger temperature control  Press to increase decrease the  airflow temperature for the passenger in the front of the vehicle    3  RG  Rear defroster  Press to activate deactivate rear window  defroster  Refer to Rear window defroster in this section for more  information     4  C2  Recirculated air  Press to activate deactivate air recirculation  in the cabin  Recirculated air may reduce the amount of time to cool  down the interior of the vehicle and may also help reduce undesired  odors from reaching the interior of the vehicle  Recirculation can be  engaged manually in any other airflow selection except defrost   Recirculation may turn off automatically in all airflow selections     5  A C  Press to activate deactivate air conditioning  Use with  recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency  Engages  automatically in AUTO  defrost and floor defrost    6  vy    Distributes air through the windshield defroster  demister and  floor vents     7    A   Distributes air through the floor vents  Note  You may notice a  small amount of air flowing from the demister and defroster vents     46    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Climate Controls    8  J   Distributes air through
86. CONUTOIS esses 72   GAGS ree A 62   T   Tilt steering wheel                8 62   TICES  dorsa ain 153 154  206  alignment sorossrasteinne ren 160  CALE  A E E E 157  changing serenenierions 206  209  checking the pressure              157  inflating eieaa 155  IE oTe ERAN T E EET 167  replaCINE sereen E EnEn 159  VOUAGING sirsenis ean 161  safety practices          ccceeee 160  sidewall information                 162  snow tires and chains              167  SPATE ULE sisin n n 207  terminology sirgscrcniesreies 154  tre grad  Soeniererenaee 154  treadwear nosseasirsnsi 153  158   TOMINE verrerie erkni einer n 174  recreational towing               5 176  trailer towing   0    174   277    Index    WYOCKEY oo  eecccccccccceeeeessseeeeeeeeeees 219  Traction control        cceeeeeeeeees 182  Transaxle   fluid  checking and adding    automatic  0    262 263   fluid  refill capacities                266   lubricant specifications            266  Transmission        0 ccccccceeeeeeees 184   brake shift interlock  BSD     184  TUNK jenan eioi a 91   remote release s   87  94  POM SISTA npinecrnepingren 56  vV  Vehicle Identification Number   VIN renr S ETN 269  Vehicle loading             c eee 168  278    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Ventilating your vehicle  WwW    Warning lights  see Lights          10    Washer fluid ooo  ceeeeeeeseeeeees 238  Water  Driving through               196  Windows   POWT saranin pnn aiaia e 65  Windshield washer fl
87. Decklid solenoid     A  ae 5 O  O M    15A Adjustable pedal switch  A  20A Audio  Subwoofer     F 7 5A Power Keep Alive Memory   KAM   Cluster and Powertrain  Control Module  PCM   Climate  control  Analog clock    201    20  15  25  20  0    Fl  F2  F3  F4  F5  F6   7       2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Roadside Emergencies    Location Rating Panel Description  tow protect   DLC   System  FES     F12 10A Back up lamps  Electrochromatic  mirror  Reverse Sensing System   RSS   Trailer tow protect    Starter relay coil  PCM    F15 10A Delayed accessory  Driver window  motor logic  Moonroof  Audio   Driver door lock switch  illumination   mirrors    F18 10A PCM relay coil  Shifter Brake Shift  Interlock  BSI   Passive  Anti Theft System  PATS   module  Fuel relay coil  Brake  lamps  Center High Mounted Stop  Lamp  CHMSL    F19 10A Anti lock Brake System   ABS  Traction control module   All Wheel Drive  AWD  module   RSS  Heated seat modules    Cluster  Climate control  Restraint Control Module  RCN        202    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Roadside Emergencies    Location Rating Panel Description  ae a el  module    F22  F23  F24    Wiper relay coil  Blower relay coil   Cluster logic  S Occupant Classification Sensor   OCS   Passenger Air bag  Deactivation  PAD     C1 30A Circuit Delayed accessory  Front  breaker passenger window  Rear passenger  windows  via window switch    Window switch illumination   Backlig
88. Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to the coolant  These    can be harmful and compromise the corrosion protection of the engine  coolant     To reduce the risk of personal injury  make sure the engine is   cool before unscrewing the coolant pressure relief cap  The  cooling system is under pressure  steam and hot liquid can come out  forcefully when the cap is loosened slightly     247    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications    1  Before you begin  turn the engine off and let it cool     2  When the engine is cool  wrap a thick cloth around the coolant  pressure relief cap on the coolant reservoir  an opaque plastic bottle    Slowly turn cap counterclockwise  left  until pressure begins to release     3  Step back while the pressure releases     4  When you are sure that all the pressure has been released  use the  cloth to turn it counterclockwise and remove the cap     If coolant reservoir is empty  continue with steps 5 9  if coolant  reservoir level is only slightly low  coolant still in reservoir    continue to Steps 5 and 6 only     5  Fill the coolant reservoir slowly with the proper coolant mixture  see  above   to within the    COLD FILL RANGE    or the    FULL COLD    level on  the reservoir     6  Replace the cap  Turn until tightly installed   Cap must be tightly  installed to prevent coolant loss      7  Pull off metal pin and remove y   coolant bleed plug from the   thermostat housing  al  ES a     
89. Do not park  idle  or drive your vehicle in dry grass or other dry  ground cover  The emission system heats up the engine  compartment and exhaust system  which can start a fire     Illumination of the C indicator  charging system warning light or the  temperature warning light  fluid leaks  strange odors  smoke or loss of  engine power could indicate that the emission control system is not  working properly     259    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications    Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially  lethal fumes into the passenger compartment     Do not make any unauthorized changes to your vehicle or engine  By  law  vehicle owners and anyone who manufactures  repairs  services   sells  leases  trades vehicles  or supervises a fleet of vehicles are not  permitted to intentionally remove an emission control device or prevent  it from working  Information about your vehicle   s emission system is on  the Vehicle Emission Control Information Decal located on or near the  engine  This decal identifies engine displacement and gives some tune up  specifications     Please consult your Warranty Guide for complete emission warranty  information     On board diagnostics  OBD II    Your vehicle is equipped with a computer that monitors the engine   s  emission control system  This system is commonly known as the On  Board Diagnostics System  OBD II   This OBD II system protects the  environment by ensuring th
90. ED indicator light on the remote  control that will illuminate when any control is pressed     Slide the battery cover off as shown on the remote control to access the  batteries     The remote control unit uses two AAA batteries    Parental control   Simultaneously press the preset   controls 3 and 5 to enable or disable O  DEDE  O  the rear seat controls  the controls    on your Family Entertainment DVD system including the remote control   and the DVD screen  if equipped            37    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Entertainment Systems    Wireless headphone operation  To operate the headphones     e Press the ON OFF button on the  earpiece to turn on the  headphones  A red LED   indicator light  will iluminate  indicating the headphones are  powered ON  Press ON OFF again  to turn the headphones off     Adjust the headphones to  comfortably fit your head using  the headband adjustment     INFRARED WIRELESS HEADPHONES    Adjust the volume control to the  desired listening level        Note  The volume level of the wireless headphones can only be  controlled by the thumbwheel  Neither the remote control nor the rear  seat controls will affect the volume output of the wireless headphones     When not using the headphones  turn them off to preserve battery life   The headphones will automatically turn off after five minutes if they have  not received an infrared audio signal from the Family Entertainment  System  FES      Note  Ensure that t
91. ETUP menu for the current ENGLISH  language to be displayed        RESET   NEW          2  Pressing the RESET control       cycles the message center through FOR ENGLISH  each of the language choices  HOLD RESET    82    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driver Controls       3  Press and hold the RESET a  control to set the language choice  SET 7a    ENGLISH       Units  English Metric   1  Select this function from the       SETUP menu for the current units UNITS  to be displayed  N mT  2  Press the RESET control to  gt  ENG METRIC       change from English to Metric     System check    Selecting this function from the  SETUP menu causes the message BOESS RESET  center to cycle through each of the EOR SUS CHECK  systems being monitored  For each  of the monitored systems  the  message center will indicate either an OK message or a warning message  for two to four seconds     Pressing the RESET control cycles the message center through each of  the systems being monitored     The sequence of the system check report is as follows     OIL LIFE     DOORS CLOSED     LIFTGATE TRUNK CLOSED    CHARGING SYSTEM  BRAKE SYSTEM     WASHER FLUID LEVEL     BRAKE FLUID LEVEL     COOLANT LEVEL     FUEL CAP SECURE   10  FUEL LEVEL   11  DISTANCE TO E   System warnings    System warnings alert you to possible problems or malfunctions in your  vehicle   s operating systems           CONA TKR WN Ee    83    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus 
92. Entertainment Systems    FES DVD and AUX modes  If no   auxiliary sources are available  NO   AUX AUDIO will be displayed  To return to radio mode  press AM FM    If equipped with Satellite Radio  press AUX to cycle through SAT1  SAT2  and SAT3 modes    Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS subscription   Check with your authorized dealer for availability     4  Aux  Press to toggle between  ax    5  Seek In radio mode  press  gt  to  access the next strong station        In CD mode  press B gt  to access the  next CD track     In Satellite Radio mode  if equipped   press SEEK  gt  to seek to the  next channel  If a specific category is selected   Jazz  Rock  News  etc     SEEK    gt  to seek to the next channel in the selected category  Press  and hold SEEK  gt  to fast seek through the next channels    In TEXT MODE  press SEEK B gt  to view the additional display text    In CATEGORY MODE  press SEEK Pe to select a category     Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS subscription   Check with your authorized dealer for availability     6  Text  In CD mode  press and   release to display track title  artist D   name  and disc title and file name   Gf available     In Satellite radio mode  if equipped   press and release to enter TEXT  MODE and display the current song title  While in TEXT MODE  press  again to scroll through the current song title  artist  channel category and  the SIRIUS long channel name    In TEXT MODE  sometimes the display r
93. GVW must never exceed the  GVWR  UI AMO  NAUA O OU DIETI T   EXT PNT  XX RC XX DSO   WB BRK  INTTR PPS  R    AXLE  TR SPR TXXXXX          XXX X XX X XX XXX XXX  XXXXXXXXXXXXX_AXX_XXXX XXXXXXX XX       Exceeding the Safety Compliance Certification Label vehicle   weight rating limits could result in substandard vehicle handling  or performance  engine  transmission and or structural damage  serious  damage to the vehicle  loss of control and personal injury     171    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Tires  Wheels and Loading                            GCW  Gross Combined Weight      is the weight of the loaded vehicle   GVW  plus the weight of the fully loaded trailer    GCWR  Gross Combined Weight Rating      is the maximum allowable  weight of the vehicle and the loaded trailer     including all cargo and  passengers     that the vehicle can handle without risking damage    Important  The towing vehicles    braking system is rated for operation at  GVWR  not at GCWR  Separate functional brakes should be used for safe  control of towed vehicles and for trailers where the GCW of the towing  vehicle plus the trailer exceed the GVWR of the towing vehicle  The  GCW must never exceed the GCWR     Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight     is the highest possible weight of a  fully loaded trailer the vehicle can tow  It assumes a vehicle with only  mandatory options  no cargo  internal or external   a tongue load of  10 15   conventional trailer  or king pin w
94. IFE SET  is displayed  Your oil life is now   o  reset  10 100   86    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     INTERIOR TRUNK CONTROL  Press the remote trunk release    control on the instrument panel to  the left of the steering wheel     CARGO AREA FEATURES    Cargo net  if equipped    The cargo net secures lightweight  objects in the cargo area  Attach the  net to the anchors provided  Do not  put more than 50 Ibs   22 kg  in the  net     This net is not designed to  restrain objects during a  collision     2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driver Controls      en       Locks and Security    KEYS    One key operates all the locks and starts the vehicle  Always carry a  spare key with you in case of an emergency    Your keys are programmed to your vehicle  using a non programmed key  will not permit your vehicle to start  If you lose your authorized dealer  supplied keys  replacement keys are available through your authorized  dealer  Refer to the SecuriLock   passive anti theft system section later  in this chapter for more information     POWER DOOR LOCKS    Press control to unlock or lock all  doors              Smart locks    This feature attempts to help prevent you from locking yourself out of  the vehicle if your key is still in the ignition     When you open the driver   s door and you lock the vehicle with the  power door lock control  on the driver or passenger door trim panel   all  the doors will lock  then the
95. Introduction    Instrument Cluster    Warning lights and chimes  Gauges    Entertainment Systems    AM FM stereo with CD   AM FM stereo with in dash six CD  Satellite radio information   Family entertainment system    Climate Controls    Automatic temperature control  Rear window defroster    Lights    Headlamps  Turn signal control  Bulb replacement    Driver Controls    Windshield wiper washer control  Steering wheel adjustment  Power windows   Mirrors   Speed control   Moon roof   Message center    Locks and Security    Keys  Locks  Anti theft system    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Table of Contents    100    Table of Contents    Seating and Safety Restraints    Seating   Safety restraints  Airbags   Child restraints    Tires  Wheels and Loading    Tire information  Tire inflation  Vehicle loading  Trailer towing  Recreational towing    Driving    Starting   Brakes   Traction Control     Transmission operation    Roadside Emergencies    Getting roadside assistance  Hazard flasher switch   Fuel pump shut off switch  Fuses and relays   Changing tires   Lug nut torque   Jump starting   Wrecker towing    Customer Assistance  Reporting safety defects  U S  only   Cleaning    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     106    106  113  127  141    153    153  155  168  174  176    177    177  180  182  184    197    197  199  199  200  206  213  213  219    221  227  228    Table of Contents    Maintenance and Specifications 2
96. LAY FWD REV PAUSE   2  CD track number   DVD title  3  DVD chapter number    4  MEDIA COUNTER     displays current viewing time of desired media    HOURS MINUTES SECONDS     5  Viewing angle  of picture    Adjustable with cursor controls and  ENTER control     6  Subtitles  specific language type   English  Spanish or French   dependent on disc capability and ON OFF selection      7  AUDIO OUTPUT  not changeable    8  AUDIO VERSION      01 ENG   etc     9  DISPLAY SETTING  4x3  Zoom  16x9    10  STATUS ICON  FWD  x4  x8  x32  REV  x4  x8  x32  etc                                                   Safety information    Read all the safety and operating instructions before operating the  system and retain for future reference     e Do not attempt to service  repair or modify the Family Entertainment  DVD System  See your Ford or Lincoln Mercury dealer     e Do not insert foreign objects into the DVD compartment     42    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Entertainment Systems    The front glass on the flip down liquid crystal display  LCD  may   break when hit with a hard surface  If the glass breaks  do not  touch the liquid crystalline material  In case of contact with skin  wash  immediately with soap and water     Do not expose the flip down liquid crystal display  LCD  to direct  sunlight or intensive ultraviolet rays for extensive periods of  time  Ultraviolet rays deteriorate the liquid crystal     e Ensure that you review User Manuals for vi
97. MPARTMENT    The storage compartment may be  used to secure sunglasses or similar  sized objects  Press the control to a    open the storage compartment                                         OVERHEAD CONSOLE    The appearance of your vehicle   s overhead console will vary according to  your option package     Storage compartment    Press the latch to open the storage  compartment  The door will open  slightly and can be moved to full  open     The storage compartment may be  used to secure sunglasses or a  similar object        CLOCK  IF EQUIPPED     Press and release the button to  adjust forward     Press and hold to fast forward        63    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driver Controls    CENTER CONSOLE  Your vehicle may be equipped with a    variety of console features  These   lt    _  include  sy    e Utility compartment with power   point  e Gear Shift     e Cup holders       e Rear vent  if equipped     Use only soft cups in the cupholder  Hard objects can injure you  in a collision     AUXILIARY POWER POINT  12VDC     Power outlets are designed for accessory plugs only  Do not insert  any other object in the power outlet as this will damage the  outlet and blow the fuse  Do not hang any type of accessory or  accessory bracket from the plug  Improper use of the power  outlet can cause damage not covered by your warranty     The auxiliary power points are  located on the instrument panel and aA  in the center console utility    compa
98. P  control    Press to enable the on screen display of the player   s menu and user   s  display adjustments  Double click the DISP button to change the format  of the display  If the DVD disc format is NORMAL  it can be changed to  full screen by selecting WIDE SCREEN  Use the NEXT and PREV button  to scroll through the different format of the display  Please note that the  screen quality will degrade if the display mode is changed to    Zoom        DVD control features    Menu control    Press the MENU control to enter  the DVD menu  This allows you to     gt    mew    navigate and select within the DVD    generated menu structure  Once in  MENU mode     e Press the NEXT control to move  the cursor one position upward       32    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Entertainment Systems    Press the PREV control to move  the cursor one position downward    Press the REV control to move  the cursor left one position    Press the FWD control to move  the cursor right one position    Next Previous control    The NEXT  up  and PREV  down   controls allows you to access the  next or previous track on a CD or  chapter on a DVD  When pressed   the playing audio will mute  momentarily while the next chapter  is accessed    Press and hold to advance or reverse multiple tracks or chapters     REV FWD control    Press the REV FWD control during  playback mode to reverse or  advance at a normal speed  Press  the REV FWD control again to  cancel the reverse ad
99. Roadside Emergencies    In case of a roadside emergency with a disabled vehicle  without access  to wheel dollies  flatbed transport vehicle or a car hauling trailer  your  vehicle can be flat towed  all wheels on the ground  only under the  following conditions     e The ambient temperature is above 32  F  0  C    e Place the automatic transaxle in N  Neutral     e DO NOT exceed the distance of 31 miles  50 km    e DO NOT exceed the speed of 31 mph  50 km h      On All Wheel Drive  AWD  models  it is not recommended that your  vehicle be towed with any wheels on the ground  It is recommended to  tow your vehicle with all the wheels off the ground using wheel lift  equipment and a wheel dolly  a flatbed transport vehicle or a car hauling  trailer    In case of a roadside emergency with a disabled vehicle  without access  to wheel dollies  flatbed transport vehicle or a car hauling trailer  your  vehicle can be flat towed  all wheels on the ground  or wrecker towed   rear wheels on the ground  only under the following conditions     e The ambient temperature is above 32  F  0  C    e Place the transmission in N  Neutral     e Maximum distance is 31 miles  50 km     e Maximum speed is 31 mph  50 km h      If the vehicle is towed by other means or incorrectly  vehicle  damage may occur    Ford Motor Company produces a towing manual for all authorized tow  truck operators  Have your tow truck operator refer to this manual for  proper hook up and towing procedures for your vehicle
100. The correct bulbs will not damage the lamp assembly  or void the lamp assembly warranty and will provide quality bulb burn  time     number       Headlamp high beam   290085   Headlamp low beam PR CID     3157AK or  Park turn signal lamp 3157A   amber      Stop tail lamp    i 3157A    Dae   6 O _ 678    Replacing the interior bulbs   Check the operation of all bulbs frequently   Replacing exterior bulbs   Check the operation of all the bulbs frequently   Replacing headlamp bulbs    If either the low beam or high beam headlamp bulb fails  take  your vehicle to your authorized dealer to have it replaced        57    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Lights    Replacing HID headlamp bulbs    The low beam headlamps on your vehicle use a    high intensity discharge  source  These lamps operate at a high voltage  The bulb is NOT  replaceable  When the bulb is burned out  the bulb assembly must be  replaced by your authorized dealer     Replacing front parking lamp turn signal bulbs   1  Make sure headlamp switch is in the OFF position  then open the  hood    2  Turn the front wheels inboard and loosen the three screws on the  splash shield in front of the tire     3  Remove the bulb socket by  turning it counterclockwise and  pulling it straight out     4  To remove the bulb  pull it  straight out of the bulb socket                                    Install the new bulb s  in reverse order     Replacing front sidemarker bulbs    1  Make sure headlamp s
101. The system operates by  detecting and controlling wheel spin  The system borrows many of the  electronic elements already present in the anti lock braking system   ABS     Wheel speed sensors allow excess wheel spin to be detected by the  Traction Control portion of the ABS computer  Excess wheel spin is  controlled through engine torque reduction  This is realized via the fully  electronic engine control system  This process is very sensitive to driving  conditions and very fast acting  The wheels    search    for optimum  traction several times a second and adjustments are made accordingly     182    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driving    The Traction Control system will allow your vehicle to make better use  of available traction on slippery surfaces  The system is a driver aid  which makes your vehicle easier to handle primarily on snow and ice  covered roads    During Traction Control operation the engine will not    rev up    when  you push further on the accelerator  This is normal system behavior     If you should become stuck in deep Fy OFF  snow or on a very slippery road   surface  try switching the Traction TC  Control   system off  This may allow  excess wheel spin to    dig    the  vehicle out or enable a successful     rocking    maneuver           Aggressive driving in any road conditions can cause you to lose   control of your vehicle increasing the risk of severe personal  injury or property damage  The occurrence of a Trac
102. This feature is present on the driver   s window only   To operate ONE TOUCH DOWN     e Press the switch completely down  to the second detent and release  quickly  The driver   s window will  open fully  Momentarily press the  switch to any position to stop the  window operation              If the switch is pressed and held to   the normal close or ONE TOUCH UP position during a ONE TOUCH  DOWN event  the window will stop  If  after 1 2 second the switch is still  held  the window will perform a normal close or ONE TOUCH UP     65    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driver Controls       To operate ONE TOUCH UP     e Pull the switch completely up to  the second detent and release  quickly  The driver   s window will  close fully  Momentarily press the  switch to any position to stop the  one touch up        If the switch is pressed and held to   the normal open or ONE TOUCH DOWN position during a ONE TOUCH  UP event  the window will stop  If  after 1 2 second the switch is still  held  the window will perform a normal open or ONE TOUCH DOWN     Window lock    The window lock feature allows only  the driver to operate the power E       windows        To lock out all the window controls  except for the driver   s press the  right side of the control  Press the  left side to restore the window  controls        Bounce Back  Driver   s window only     When an obstacle has been detected in the window opening as the  window is moving upward  the windo
103. USA  fus     Cleaning    e To help maintain its resiliency and color  use the Motorcraft Deluxe  Leather Care Kit  ZC 11   D   available from your authorized dealer     e Do not use household cleaning products  alcohol solutions  solvents or  cleaners intended for rubber  vinyl and plastics  or oil petroleum based  leather conditioners  These products may cause premature wearing of  the clear  protective coating     Note  In some instances  color or dye transfer can occur when wet  clothing comes in contact with leather upholstery  If this occurs  the  leather should be cleaned immediately to avoid permanent staining   UNDERBODY   Flush the complete underside of your vehicle frequently  Keep body and  door drain holes free from packed dirt    FORD AND LINCOLN MERCURY CAR CARE PRODUCTS    Your Ford or Lincoln Mercury authorized dealer has many quality  products available to clean your vehicle and protect its finishes  These  quality products have been specifically engineered to fulfill your  automotive needs  they are custom designed to complement the style  and appearance of your vehicle  Each product is made from high quality  materials that meet or exceed rigid specifications  For best results  use  the following products or products of equivalent quality     Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover  ZC 42    Motorcraft Car Care Kit  ZC 26    Motorcraft Car Wash  Canada only   CXC 21    Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner  ZC 15    Motorcraft Custom Clear Coat Polish  ZC 8 A    Mo
104. VD player rear controls  simultaneously press the 3  and 5 memory presets on the radio face  To enable the DVD player  rear controls again  press the 3 and 5 presets simultaneously     The DVD player is only capable of reading the bottom side of a disc   When inserting a single sided disc  the label should be up  For a  multi sided disc  the desired play side should be down when the disc  is inserted into the player     40    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Entertainment Systems    e DVDs are formatted by regions  This DVD system can only play region  1 DVDs  DVDs manufactured for U S  and Canada      This unit is designed to play commercially pressed 4 75  12 cm   audio compact discs and DVDs only  Due to technical  incompatibility  certain recordable and re recordable compact  discs may not function correctly when used in Ford DVD CD  players  Irregular shaped discs  discs with a scratch protection  film attached  and discs with homemade paper  adhesive  labels  should not be inserted into the player  The label may peel and  cause the disc to become jammed  It is recommended that  homemade discs be identified with permanent felt tip marker  rather than adhesive labels  Ball point pens may damage discs   Please contact your dealer for further information     Inserting a CD DVD   With the ignition ON  inserting a CD DVD into the DVD player  automatically turns ON the FES and playback should begin immediately   The counter is automatically reset 
105. XXXXXXXXXXX XX XXXX XXXXXXX XX          CVT  continuously variable transaxle        Six speed automatic  Aisin F21     270    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Accessories    GENUINE MERCURY ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE    A wide selection of Genuine Mercury Accessories are available for your  vehicle through your local Mercury or Ford of Canada dealer  These  quality accessories have been specifically engineered to fulfill your  automotive needs  they are custom designed to complement the style  and aerodynamic appearance of your vehicle  In addition  each accessory  is made from high quality materials and meets or exceeds Mercury   s  rigorous engineering and safety specifications  Ford Motor Company will  repair or replace any properly dealer installed Genuine Mercury  Accessories found to be defective in factory supplied materials or  workmanship during the warranty period  as well as any component  damaged by the defective accessories  The accessories will be warranted  for whichever provides you the greatest benefit     e 12 months or 12 000 miles  20 000 km   whichever occurs first   or  e the remainder of your new vehicle limited warranty     This means that Genuine Mercury Accessories purchased along with your  new vehicle and installed by a dealer are covered for the full length of  your New Vehicle   s Limited Warranty     3 years or 36 000 miles  60 000  km   whichever occurs first   Contact your dealer for details and a copy  of the w
106. XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXK XXXX XXXXXXX XX       Vehicle identification number  VIN     The vehicle identification number is  attached to a metal tag and is  located on the driver side  instrument panel              Please note that in the graphic   XXXX is representative of your  vehicle identification number           269    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications    The Vehicle Identification Number  VIN  contains the following  information     1  World manufacturer identifier XXX X XXX X X X X XXXXXX    2  Brake system   Gross Vehicle  Weight Rating  GVWR    Restraint  System O  3  Vehicle line  series  body type   4  Engine type   5  Check digit   6  Model year   7  Assembly plant    8  Production sequence number    TRANSMISSION TRANSAXLE CODE DESIGNATIONS  You can find a    transmission transaxle code on the MFD  BY FORD MOTOR CO    j ificati DATE  XXIKX GVWR XXXXXLB  XXXXXKG  Safety Compliance Certification FRONT GAWR  XXXXL REAR GAWR   XXXXLB  Label  The following table tells you XXXXKG WTH   XXXXKG WITH  which transmission or transaxle noo C a Aa TRES    each code represents  AT XXX kPa XX    PSLCOLD 4f ATSXXX KPa XX PSI COLD    THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR  VEHICLE SAFETY AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN    EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE   VIN  XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXX  TYPE  XXX XXXXX    EXT PNT  XX RC  XX DSO    WB BRK TINTTR  TP PS  R TAXLE SPR  XXXXX   XXX X XX X XX  XXX XXX  XX
107. a reasonable number of  attempts  the manufacturer shall be required to either replace the  vehicle with one substantially identical or repurchase the vehicle and  reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to the actual price paid or  payable by the consumer  less a reasonable allowance for consumer  use   The consumer has the right to choose whether to receive a refund  or replacement vehicle     California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b  presumes that the manufacturer  has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its  applicable express warranties if  within the first 18 months of ownership  of a new vehicle or the first 18 000 miles  29 000 km   whichever occurs  first     1  Two or more repair attempts are made on the same non conformity  likely to cause death or serious bodily injury OR    2  Four or more repair attempts are made on the same nonconformity  a  defect or condition that substantially impairs the use  value or safety of  the vehicle  OR   3  The vehicle is out of service for repair of nonconformities for a total of  more than 30 calendar days  not necessarily all at one time    In the case of 1 or 2 above  the consumer must also notify the  manufacturer of the need for the repair of the nonconformity at the  following address    Ford Motor Company   16800 Executive Plaza Drive   Mail Drop 3NE B   Dearborn  MI 48126    223    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Customer Assistance    THE BETTER BUSINESS BUREAU  BBB  
108. able from your   authorized dealer  You can also   create your own 5    digit personal entry code   When pressing the controls on the keypad  press the middle of the  controls to ensure a good activation        OARA Y e                      Programming a personal entry code and keypad association to  memory seats  mirrors and pedals    To create your own personal entry code   1  Enter the factory set code   2  Within five seconds press the 1 e 2 on the keypad     3  Enter your personal 5 digit code  Each number must be entered  within five seconds of each other     4  To associate the entry code with a memory setting  enter a sixth digit  to indicate which driver should be set in a memory recalled by the  personal entry code     e Pressing 1 e 2 recalls Driver 1 settings   e Pressing 3 e 4 recalls Driver 2 settings     e Pressing other keypad buttons or not pressing a keypad button as a  sixth digit does not set a driver and will not recall a memory setting   Note  The factory set code cannot be associated with a memory  setting    5  The doors will again lock then unlock to confirm that your personal   keycode has been programmed to the module     99    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Locks and Security    Tips    e Do not set a code that uses five of the same number    e Do not use five numbers in sequential order    e The factory set code will work even if you have set your own personal  code    Erasing personal code   1  Enter the factory se
109. ailure  An  overfill condition of transmission RA KF    fluid may cause shift and or   engagement concerns and or   possible damage              High fluid levels can be caused by an overheating condition     Adjusting automatic transmission fluid levels    Before adding any fluid  make sure the correct type is used  The type of  fluid used is normally indicated on the dipstick and also in the  Maintenance product specifications and capacities section in this  chapter     Note  Only one ATF fluid specification has been tested and approved for  use with 6 speed   Premium Automatic Transmission fluid  Mercon fluids  can not be used in a automatic 6 speed without damage or voiding  warranty    Use of a non approved automatic transmission fluid may cause  internal transaxle component damage     If necessary  add fluid in 1 2 pint  250 mL  increments through the filler  tube until the level is correct     264    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications    If an overfill occurs  excess fluid   should be removed by an authorized   dealer  QE KYA   An overfill condition of   transmission fluid may cause   shift and or engagement concerns and or possible damage           Do not use supplemental transmission fluid additives  treatments or  cleaning agents  The use of these materials may affect transmission  operation and result in damage to internal transmission components     MOTORCRAFT PART NUMBERS    3 0L DOHC V6 Duratec engine  F
110. all edge  In general  the larger the number  the  wider the tire        Lao    3  80  Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire   s ratio of height to  width  Numbers of 70 or lower indicate a short sidewall    4  D  Indicates a    diagonal    type tire    R  Indicates a    radial    type tire    5  16  Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches  If you change your  wheel size  you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel  diameter     Location of the tire label    You will find a Tire Label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size  and other important information located on the B Pillar or the edge of  the driver   s door  Refer to the payload description and graphic in the  Vehicle loading     with and without a trailer section     SNOW TIRES AND CHAINS    Snow tires must be the same size and grade as the tires you  currently have on your vehicle     167    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Tires  Wheels and Loading    The tires on your vehicle have all weather treads to provide traction in  rain and snow  However  in some climates  you may need to use snow  tires and chains    Follow these guidelines when using snow tires and chains     e Use only SAE class    S    cables or equivalent on the front axle for  P215 60R17 equipped vehicles  SAE class    S    chains or other  conventional link chains may cause damage to the vehicles wheel  house and or body  Use of optional spike spider type traction devices  or equiva
111. an  imbalance that could damage drive components     193    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driving       Tread Lightly    is an educational  program designed to increase public  awareness of land use regulations  and responsibilities in our nations  wilderness areas  Ford Motor  Company joins the U S  Forest Service and the Bureau of Land  Management in encouraging you to help preserve our national forest and  other public and private lands by    treading lightly        Driving on hilly or sloping terrain    Although natural obstacles may make it necessary to travel diagonally up  or down a hill or steep incline  you should always try to drive straight up  or straight down  Avoid driving crosswise or turning on steep  slopes or hills  A danger lies in losing traction  slipping sideways and  possibly rolling over  Whenever driving on a hill  determine beforehand  the route you will use  Do not drive over the crest of a hill without  seeing what conditions are on the other side  Do not drive in reverse  over a hill without the aid of an observer     When climbing a steep slope or hill  start in a lower gear rather than  downshifting to a lower gear from a higher gear once the ascent has  started  This reduces strain on the engine and the possibility of stalling     If you do stall out  Do not try to turnaround because you might roll over   It is better to back down to a safe location     Apply just enough power to the wheels to climb the hill  To
112. and  lead compounds  Wash hands after handling     Because your vehicle   s engine is electronically controlled by a computer   some control conditions are maintained by power from the battery  When  the battery is disconnected or a new battery is installed  the engine must  relearn its idle and fuel trim strategy for optimum driveability and  performance  To begin this process     1  With the vehicle at a complete stop  set the parking brake     2  Put the gearshift in P  Park   turn off all accessories and start the  engine     3  Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature   4  Allow the engine to idle for at least one minute   5  Turn the A C on and allow the engine to idle for at least one minute     6  Release the parking brake  With your foot on the brake pedal and with  the A C on  put the vehicle in D  Drive  and allow the engine to idle for  at least one minute     7  Drive the vehicle to complete the relearning process     e The vehicle may need to be driven 10 miles  16 km  or more to  relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy     e If you do not allow the engine to relearn its idle trim  the idle    quality of your vehicle may be adversely affected until the idle  trim is eventually relearned     If the battery has been disconnected or a new battery has been installed   the clock and radio settings must be reset once the battery is  reconnected     244    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications 
113. and D a   release the auxiliary latch that is             located under the front center of  the hood     3  Lift the hood and support it with  the prop rod  Lift the prop rod by  the sleeve and not the bare metal     236    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications  IDENTIFYING COMPONENTS IN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT    3 0L DOHC V6 DURATEC ENGINE               Engine coolant reservoir    1  2  3  4  5  6  7   8  9      Power steering fluid reservoir     Engine coolant bleed plug     Brake fluid reservoir     Battery     Power distribution box   Air filter assembly     6 speed automatic transmission fluid dipstick  if equipped     Engine oil dipstick   10  Engine oil filler cap   11  Windshield washer fluid reservoir    237    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications    WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID  lt  gt     Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the  level is low  In very cold weather  do  not fill the reservoir completely     Only use a washer fluid that meets  Ford specification WSB M8B16 A2   Do not use any special washer fluid  such as windshield water repellent  type fluid or bug wash  They may   cause squeaking  chatter noise   IN  streaking and smearing  Refer to the    Maintenance product  specifications and capacities section in this chapter           l          State or local regulations on volatile organic compounds may restrict the  use of methanol  a common windshield
114. and jack    1  Fully collapse the jack  fold the  lug wrench socket into the handle  and place the jack and wrench into  the felt bag as shown  Take care to  position the jack as shown to ensure  that the locating holes in the jack  base can be placed on the locating  tabs of the jack mounting bracket in  the spare tire tub           2  Securely close the wrench  compartment and the jack bag using  the VELCRO   strips     3  Place the jack kit on the angled bracket in the spare tire tub  using  the locating tabs to position the jack correctly     4  Insert the straight end of the jack  retention bracket through the eyelet  of the angled bracket and swing the  retention bracket over the jack  With  the jack in place  place the end of  the retention bracket over the  threaded stud in the trunk floor and f  secure it with the plastic wing nut        If you are stowing the flat tire  place the tire  with the tire   s valve  stem facing down  into the spare tire well and secure the wheel with the  large wing nut     212    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Roadside Emergencies    If you are stowing the temporary    spare tire  place the tire over the  jack and secure it with the large  wing nut           WHEEL LUG NUT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS   Retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque at 100 miles  160 km   after any wheel disturbance  tire rotation  changing a flat tire  wheel  removal  etc       Bolt size Wheel lug nut torque     1 2 20 UNF    Tor
115. arranty     Not all accessories are available for all models    Following is a list of several Genuine Mercury Accessories  Not all  accessories are available for all models  To find out what accessories are  available for your vehicle  please contact your dealer or visit our online  store at  www mercuryaccessories com    Exterior style   Bug shields   Chrome exhaust tips   Deflectors   Exterior trim kits   Grille inserts   Splash guards   Wheels    271    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Accessories    Interior style   Consoles   Electrochromatic compass temperature interior mirrors  Floor mats    Lifestyle  Ash cup   smoker   s package  Cargo organization and management    Peace of mind   Mobile Ease    hands free communication system  Remote start   Vehicle security systems   Wheel locks    For maximum vehicle performance  keep the following information in  mind when adding accessories or equipment to your vehicle     e When adding accessories  equipment  passengers and luggage to your  vehicle  do not exceed the total weight capacity of the vehicle or of  the front or rear axle  GVWR or GAWR as indicated on the Safety  Compliance Certification label   Consult your authorized dealer for  specific weight information     e The Federal Communications Commission  FCC  and Canadian Radio  Telecommunications Commission  CRTC  regulate the use of mobile  communications systems     such as two way radios  telephones and  theft alarms   that are equip
116. as close as  possible behind your head   The head restraints can be moved  up by pulling up on the head A  restraint           Push release button to lower head  restraint     106    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    Using the manual lumbar support  if equipped     The lumbar support control is  located on the outboard side of the  seatback     Move the control up or down to d  adjust lumbar support  M       Folding down the front passenger seatback    The front passenger seatback can be  folded to a horizontal position to  make room for a long load  To fold  the seatback     1  Move the seat as far back as  possible     2  Push the head restraint release  button and move the head restraint  fully down     3  Pull the strap located on the back  of the seat to fold the front passenger seatback        4  Without releasing the pull strap  push the seatback forward   5  Move the seat as far forward as possible     Cover sharp edges on the load to help prevent injury to  occupants  Secure the load to help prevent shifting during  sudden stops     Before returning the seatback to its original position  make sure   that cargo or any objects are not trapped behind the seatback   After returning the seatback to its original position  pull on the  seatback to ensure that it has fully latched  An unlatched seat may  become dangerous in the event of a sudden stop or collision     107    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2
117. at contain abrasives  use Motorcraft Premium  Liquid Wax  ZC 53 A   which is available from your authorized dealer   or an equivalent quality product    e Do not allow paint sealant to come in contact with any non body   ow gloss black  colored trim  such as grained door handles  roof  racks  bumpers  side moldings  mirror housings or the windshield cowl  area  The paint sealant will    gray    or stain the parts over time     PAINT CHIPS    Your authorized dealer has touch up paint and sprays to match your  vehicle   s color  Take your color code  printed on a sticker in the driver   s  door jamb  to your authorized dealer to ensure you get the correct color   e Remove particles such as bird droppings  tree sap  insect deposits  tar  spots  road salt and industrial fallout before repairing paint chips     e Always read the instructions before using the products     ALUMINUM WHEELS AND WHEEL COVERS    Aluminum wheels and wheel covers are coated with a clearcoat paint   finish  In order to maintain their shine    e Clean weekly with Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner  ZC 37 A    which is available from your authorized dealer  Heavy dirt and brake  dust accumulation may require agitation with a sponge  Rinse  thoroughly with a strong stream of water    e Never apply any cleaning chemical to hot or warm wheel rims or  covers    e Some automatic car washes may cause damage to the finish on your  wheel rims or covers  Chemical strength cleaners  or cleaning  chemicals  in combinati
118. at your vehicle continues to meet  government emission standards  The OBD II system also assists your  authorized dealer in properly servicing your vehicle  When the Cc   indicator illuminates  the OBD II system has detected a malfunction   Temporary malfunctions may cause the C indicator to illuminate   Examples are     1  The vehicle has run out of fuel   the engine may misfire or run poorly   2  Poor fuel quality or water in the fuel     3  The fuel cap may not have been securely tightened  See Fuel filler  cap in this chapter    These temporary malfunctions can be corrected by filling the fuel tank  with good quality fuel and or properly tightening the fuel cap  After three  driving cycles without these or any other temporary malfunctions  present  the     indicator should turn off   A driving cycle consists of a  cold engine startup followed by mixed city highway driving  No additional  vehicle service is required     If the a  indicator remains on  have your vehicle serviced at the first  available opportunity     260    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications    Readiness for Inspection Maintenance  I M  testing    In some localities  it may be a legal requirement to pass an I M test of  the on board diagnostics system  If the c   indicator is on  refer to the  description in the Warning lights and chimes section of the  Instrument Cluster chapter  Your vehicle may not pass the I M test with  the    indicator on    
119. ate  modify or track your  satellite radio account  You will need this number when communicating  with SIRIUS  While in Satellite Radio mode  you can view this number on  the radio display by pressing AUX and Preset 1 control simultaneously     28    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Entertainment Systems    Radio Display Action Required    ACQUIRING Radio requires more No action required   than two seconds to This message should  produce audio for the disappear shortly   selected channel     SAT FAULT Internal module or If this message does  system failure not clear within a short  present  period of time  or with   an ignition key cycle   your receiver may have   a fault  See your  authorized dealer for  service     INVALID CHNL Channel no longer This previously  available  available channel is no  longer available  Tune  to another channel  If  the channel was one of  your presets  you may  choose another channel  for that preset button   UNSUBSCRIBED Subscription not Contact SIRIUS at  available for this 1 888 539 7474 to  channel  subscribe to the  channel  or tune to  another channel   NO TEXT Artist information not   Artist information not  available  available at this time on  this channel  The  system is working  properly     29       2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Entertainment Systems    Radio Display Action Required    Song title information    NO TEXT Song title information  not available     Category i
120. atellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS subscription   Check with your authorized dealer for availability     Autoset  Allows you to set the strongest local radio stations without  losing your original manually set preset stations for AM FM1 FM2      Use     V   lt   SEEK to turn on off     When the six strongest stations are filled  the station stored in preset 1  will begin playing  If there are less than six strong stations  the system  will store the last one in the remaining presets     Bass  Press to adjust the bass setting  Use A IV    SEEK  gt       Treble  Press to adjust the treble setting  Use A IV    SEEK  gt  f  Balance  Press to adjust the audio between the left and right speakers   Use M W   lt   SEEK      Fade  Press to adjust the audio between the front and rear speakers     Use B W   lt   SEEK     22    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Entertainment Systems    Occupancy mode   Available on Audiophile radios only     Use A IV 4 SEEK P select and optimize sound for ALL SEATS   DRIVERS SEAT or REAR SEATS    Speed sensitive volume  Radio volume automatically changes slightly  with vehicle speed to compensate for road and wind noise    Use A IV 4 SEEK  gt  to adjust  Recommended level is 1 3  Level 0  turns the feature off and level 7 is the maximum setting    Setting the clock  Press MENU until SELECT HOUR or SELECT MINS  is displayed  Press A IV   lt  q SEEK    to adjust the hours minutes   Press MENU again to disengag
121. ater for  best results    e Dry the vehicle with a chamois or soft terry cloth towel in order to  eliminate water spotting    e It is especially important to wash the vehicle regularly during the  winter months  as dirt and road salt are difficult to remove and cause  damage to the vehicle    e Immediately remove items such as gasoline  diesel fuel  bird droppings  and insect deposits because they can cause damage to the vehicle   s  paintwork and trim over time    e Remove any exterior accessories  such as antennas  before entering a  car wash    e Suntan lotions and insect repellents can damage any painted  surface  if these substances come in contact with your vehicle   wash off as soon as possible    Exterior chrome    e Wash the vehicle first  using cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH  shampoo  such as Motorcraft Detail Wash  ZC 3   A     e Use Custom Brite Metal Cleaner  ZC 15   available from your  authorized dealer  Apply the product as you would a wax to clean  bumpers and other chrome parts  allow the cleaner to dry for a few  minutes  then wipe off the haze with a clean  dry rag    e Never use abrasive materials such as steel wool or plastic pads  as they can scratch the chrome surface     WAXING  Applying Motorcraft Paint Sealant  ZC 45  to your vehicle every six  months will assist in reducing minor scratches and paint damage     228    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Cleaning    e Wash the vehicle first    e Do not use waxes th
122. ation pressure for optimum tire  performance and wear  Under inflation or over inflation may cause  uneven treadwear patterns     155    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Tires  Wheels and Loading    Under inflation is the most common cause of tire failures and   may result in severe tire cracking  tread separation or  blowout    with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury   Under inflation increases sidewall flexing and rolling resistance   resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire  It also may  result in unnecessary tire stress  irregular wear  loss of vehicle control  and accidents  A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not  appear to be flat     Always inflate your tires to the Ford recommended inflation pressure  even if it is less than the maximum inflation pressure information found  on the tire  The Ford recommended tire inflation pressure is found on  the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label which is located  on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver   s door  Failure to follow the tire  pressure recommendations can cause uneven treadwear patterns and  adversely affect the way your vehicle handles    Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure is the tire manufacturer   s  maximum permissible pressure and or the pressure at which the  maximum load can be carried by the tire  This pressure is normally  higher than the manufacturer   s recommended cold inflation pressure  which
123. ature  display between    Fahrenheit and    Celsius    14  OFF  Outside air is shut out and the climate control system is turned  off    15  Driver temperature control  Press to increase decrease the  temperature on the driver side of the cabin  Sets the passenger side  temperature also when DUAL is disengaged  The recommended vehicle  cabin setting is between 72  F  22  C  and 75  F  24  C     16  AUTO  Press to engage automatic temperature control  Select the  desired temperature using the temperature control  The system will  automatically determine fan speed  airflow location  A C on or off  and  outside or recirculated air  to heat or cool the vehicle to reach the  desired temperature     49    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Climate Controls    Operating tips  e To reduce fog build up on the windshield during humid weather  place  the air flow selector in the  7 position     To reduce humidity build up inside the vehicle  do not drive with the  airflow selector in the OFF or with recirculated air engaged     e Do not put objects under the front seats that will interfere with the  airflow to the back seats     e Remove any snow  ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of  the windshield     e For maximum cooling performance  MAX A C    In AUTO mode  press AUTO control and set to desired temperature     In manual override control  select 74 or 4f   A C and recirculated    air A and set the temperature to 60  F  16  C   Set the fan
124. ature Control with heated seats     if equipped     ot ee ee      Er    1  GV Defrost  Distributes outside air through the windshield defroster  and demister vents  Can be used to clear thin ice or fog from the  windshield  To exit G7 select another mode     2  Passenger temperature control  Press to increase decrease the  airflow temperature for the passenger in the front of the vehicle                             3  PGY Rear defroster  Press to activate deactivate rear window  defroster  Refer to Rear window defroster in this section for more  information     4  DUAL  Dual temperature control   Press to engage disengage  separate passenger side temperature control     5  A Passenger heated seat control  Press once to activate high heat  setting  2 indicator lights   press again to activate low heat setting  1  indicator light   and press again to deactivate the passenger heated seat   Note  The heated seat feature will remain on for approximately ten  minutes     6  C2  Recirculated air  Press to activate deactivate air recirculation  in the cabin  Recirculated air may reduce the amount of time to cool  down the interior of the vehicle and may also help reduce undesired  odors from reaching the interior of the vehicle  Recirculation can be  engaged manually in any other airflow selection except defrost   Recirculation may turn off automatically in all airflow selections     48    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Climate Controls    7  A C  Pres
125. ay reduce fuel  economy     Combine errands and minimize stop and go driving     Maintenance    Keep tires properly inflated and use only recommended size     Operating a vehicle with the wheels out of alignment will reduce fuel  economy     Use recommended engine oil  Refer to Lubricant specifications in  this chapter     Perform all regularly scheduled maintenance items  Follow the  recommended maintenance schedule and owner maintenance checks  found in scheduled maintenance information     Conditions    Heavily loading a vehicle or towing a trailer may reduce fuel economy  at any speed     Carrying unnecessary weight may reduce fuel economy  approximately  1 mpg  0 4 km L  is lost for every 400 lb  180 kg  of weight carried      Adding certain accessories to your vehicle  for example bug  deflectors  rollbars light bars  running boards  ski luggage racks  may  reduce fuel economy     Using fuel blended with alcohol may lower fuel economy     Fuel economy may decrease with lower temperatures during the first  8 10 miles  12 16 km  of driving    Driving on flat terrain offers improved fuel economy as compared to  driving on hilly terrain     Transmissions give their best fuel economy when operated in the top  cruise gear and with steady pressure on the gas pedal     258    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications    e Close windows for high speed driving     EPA window sticker   Every new vehicle should have the EPA window
126. bled  may inflate   the  indicator lamp will be unlit     The front passenger sensing system is designed to disable  will not  inflate  the front passenger   s frontal airbag when a rear facing infant  seat  a forward facing child restraint  or a booster seat is detected     e When the front passenger sensing system disables  will not inflate   the front passenger frontal airbag  the indicator lamp will illuminate  and stay lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is  disabled     e If the child restraint has been installed and the indicator lamp is not  lit  then turn the vehicle off  remove the child restraint from the  vehicle and reinstall the restraint following the child restraint  manufacturer   s instructions     The front passenger sensing system is designed to enable  may inflate    the front passenger   s frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a   person of adult size is sitting properly in the front passenger seat    e When the front passenger sensing system enables the front passenger  frontal airbag  may inflate   the indicator will be unlit and stay unlit    If a person of adult size is sitting in the front passenger   s seat  but the    passenger airbag off    or  pass airbag off    indicator lamp is lit  it is   possible that the person isn   t sitting properly in the seat  If this happens    e Turn the vehicle off and ask the person to place the seatback in the  full upright position    e Have the person sit upright in the seat  cente
127. can still activate the BeltMinder    feature     The driver   s and front The BeltMinder   feature will not  passenger   s safety belts are activate    buckled before the ignition   switch is turned to the ON   position or less than 1 2   minutes have elapsed since the   ignition switch has been turned   ON      The driver   s or front The BeltMinder   feature is activated    passenger s safety belt is not the safety belt warning light   buckled when the vehicle has   illuminates and the warning chime  reached at least 3 mph  5 sounds for 6 seconds every 30   km h  and 1 2 minutes have seconds  repeating for approximately  elapsed since the ignition 5 minutes or until the safety belts are  switch has been turned to buckled    ON          123    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    The driver   s or front The BeltMinder   feature is activated    passenger   s safety belt becomes   the safety belt warning light  unbuckled for approximately 1   illuminates and the warning chime  minute while the vehicle is sounds for 6 seconds every 30    traveling at least 3 mph  5 seconds  repeating for approximately  km h  and more than 1 2 5 minutes or until the safety belts are  minutes have elapsed since the   buckled    ignition switch has been turned   to ON       The following are reasons most often given for not wearing safety belts   All statistics based on U S  data      Reasons given      Consider          Crashes are rare  
128. ce  Check your Warranty  Guide Owner Information Guide to find out which parts and services  are covered     Use only recommended fuels  lubricants  fluids and service parts  conforming to specifications  Motorcraft parts are designed and built to  provide the best performance in your vehicle    PRECAUTIONS WHEN SERVICING YOUR VEHICLE   e Do not work on a hot engine    e Make sure that nothing gets caught in moving parts     e Do not work on a vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed  space  unless you are sure you have enough ventilation     e Keep all open flames and other burning  cigarettes  material away  from the battery and all fuel related parts     Working with the engine off   1  Set the parking brake and shift to P  Park    2  Turn off the engine and remove the key    3  Block the wheels     Working with the engine on    1  Set the parking brake and ensure the gearshift is securely latched in P   Park      2  Block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly   To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and or personal burn    injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed  and do not remove it while the engine is running     235    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications    OPENING THE HOOD gmp    1  Inside the vehicle  pull the hood   release handle located under the   bottom of the instrument panel near      the steering column    s              2  Go to the front of the vehicle 
129. clothing  promptly remove contaminated  clothing and wash skin thoroughly with soap and water  Repeated or  prolonged skin contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes skin irritation     Be particularly careful if you are taking    Antabuse    or other forms of  disulfiram for the treatment of alcoholism  Breathing gasoline vapors   or skin contact could cause an adverse reaction  In sensitive  individuals  serious personal injury or sickness may result  If fuel is  splashed on the skin  promptly wash skin thoroughly with soap and  water  Consult a physician immediately if you experience an adverse  reaction     When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow   sparks or open flames near the filler neck  Never smoke while  refueling  Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions   Care should be taken to avoid inhaling excess fumes     The flow of fuel through a fuel pump nozzle can produce static  electricity  which can cause a fire if fuel is pumped into an  ungrounded fuel container     252    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications    Refueling    Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause severe  injuries  To help avoid injuries to you and others     Read and follow all the instructions on the pump island     e Turn off your engine when you are refueling   e Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle   e Keep sparks  flames and smoking materials away from fuel     Stay ou
130. connection of the negative     cable to an exposed  metal part of the stalled vehicle   s engine  away from the battery and the  carburetor fuel injection system  Do not use fuel lines  engine rocker  covers or the intake manifold as grounding points     Do not connect the end of the second cable to the negative      terminal of the battery to be jumped  A spark may cause an  explosion of the gases that surround the battery     5  Ensure that the cables are clear of fan blades  belts  moving parts of  both engines  or any fuel delivery system parts   Jump starting    1  Start the engine of the booster vehicle and run the engine at  moderately increased speed     2  Start the engine of the disabled vehicle     3  Once the disabled vehicle has been started  run both engines for an  additional three minutes before disconnecting the jumper cables     216    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Roadside Emergencies    Removing the jumper cables          Remove the jumper cables in the reverse order that they were  connected     1  Remove the jumper cable from the ground metal surface     Note  In the illustrations  lightning bolts are used to designate the  assisting  boosting  battery           2  Remove the jumper cable on the negative     connection of the  booster vehicle   s battery     217    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Roadside Emergencies          3  Remove the jumper cable from the positive     terminal of the b
131. crash   Always sit upright against your seatback  with your feet on the floor     The front passenger sensing system may detect small or medium objects  placed on the seat cushion  For most objects that are in the front  passenger seat  the passenger airbag will be disabled  Even though the  passenger airbag is disabled  the  pass airbag off    lamp may or may not  be illuminated according to the table below     133    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints  Small  i e  3 ring Unilit Disabled  binder  small purse   bottled water   Medium  i e  heavy Lit Disabled  briefcase  fully packed  luggage   Empty seat  or small   Lit Disabled  to medium object with  safety belt buckled    If you think that the status of the passenger airbag off indicator lamp is  incorrect  check for the following     e Objects lodged underneath the seat    e Objects between the seat cushion and the center console  if  equipped     e Objects hanging off the seat back   e Objects stowed in the seatback map pocket  if equipped    e Objects placed on the occupant   s lap   e Cargo interference with the seat   e Other passengers pushing or pulling on the seat   e Rear passenger feet and knees resting or pushing on the seat       The conditions listed above may cause the weight of a properly seated  occupant to be incorrectly interpreted by the passenger sensing system   The person in the front passenger seat may appear heavier or lighter due  to the con
132. cting the environment    We must all play our part in  protecting the environment  Correct  vehicle usage and the authorized  disposal of waste  cleaning and  lubrication materials are significant  steps towards this aim  Information in this respect is highlighted in this  guide with the tree symbol     BREAKING IN YOUR VEHICLE    Your vehicle does not need an extensive break in  Try not to drive  continuously at the same speed for the first 1 000 miles  1 600 km  of  new vehicle operation  Vary your speed frequently in order to give the  moving parts a chance to break in     Drive your new vehicle at least 500 miles  800 km  before towing a  trailer  For more detailed information about towing a trailer  refer to  Trawler towing in the Tires  Wheels and Loading chapter        Do not add friction modifier compounds or special break in oils since  these additives may prevent piston ring seating  See Engine oil in the  Maintenance and Specifications chapter for more information on oil  usage     2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Introduction    SPECIAL NOTICES    New Vehicle Limited Warranty    For a detailed description of what is covered and what is not covered by  your vehicle   s New Vehicle Limited Warranty  refer to the Warranty  Guide that is provided to you along with your Owner   s Guide     Special instructions    For your added safety  your vehicle is fitted with sophisticated electronic  controls     Please read the section Supplemental r
133. curity chapter     REAR SEATS    Head restraints  if equipped     Lift the head restraint so that it is located directly or as close as possible  behind your head     111    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    The head restraints can be moved  up by pulling up on the head  restraint     Push release button to lower head  restraint        Split folding rear seat    One or both rear seatbacks can be folded down to provide additional  cargo space     To lower the seatback s  from  inside the vehicle  pull the strap  located on the outboard side of the  seatback to release it  and then fold  seatback down        When raising the seatback s   make sure you hear the seat latch into  place     112    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    Before returning the seatback to its original position  make sure   that cargo or any objects are not trapped behind the seatback   After returning the seatback to its original position  pull on the  seatback to ensure that it has fully latched  An unlatched seat may  become dangerous in the event of a sudden stop or collision     Seat mounted cup holders and armrest storage compartment   if equipped        If your vehicle is equipped with cup holders and a storage compartment   they are located in the rear seat armrest  To access the cup holders   rotate armrest into use position  To open the storage compartment  if  equipped   pull
134. d dealers     225    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Customer Assistance    If you did not take advantage of the Ford Extended Service Plan at the  time of purchasing your vehicle  you may still be eligible  Since this  information is subject to change  please ask your authorized dealer for  complete details about Ford Extended Service Plan coverage options  or  visit the Ford ESP website at www ford esp com     GETTING ASSISTANCE OUTSIDE THE U S  AND CANADA    Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign country  contact the  appropriate foreign embassy or consulate  These officials can inform you  of local vehicle registration regulations and where to find unleaded fuel     If you cannot find unleaded fuel or can only get fuel with an anti knock  index lower than is recommended for your vehicle  contact a regional  office or owner relations customer relationship office     The use of leaded fuel in your vehicle without proper conversion may  damage the effectiveness of your emission control system and may cause  engine knocking or serious engine damage  Ford Motor Company Ford of  Canada is not responsible for any damage caused by use of improper  fuel  Using leaded fuel may also result in difficulty importing your vehicle  back into the U S     If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in  Central America  the Caribbean  or the Middle East  contact the nearest  authorized dealer  If the authorized dealer cannot help you
135. damaged due to insufficient lubrication     Front Wheel Drive  FWD  vehicles     Do not tow your Front Wheel Drive vehicle with the front drive wheels  on the ground as transaxle damage may occur  It is recommended to tow  your vehicle with the front drive wheels on a dolly or use a car hauling  trailer     All Wheel Drive  AWD  vehicles     Do not tow your All Wheel Drive vehicle with any wheels on the ground  as vehicle or transaxle damage may occur  It is recommended to tow  your vehicle using a car hauling trailer     176    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driving  STARTING    Positions of the ignition  1  LOCK  locks the automatic    transaxle gearshift lever and allows  key removal  This position also shuts    the engine and all electrical La     accessories off without locking the  steering wheel  To lock the steering  wheel  remove the key then turn the  steering wheel     2  ACC  allows the electrical accessories such as the radio to operate  while the engine is not running  This position also unlocks the steering  wheel     3  RUN  all electrical circuits operational  Warning lights illuminated  Key  position when driving     4  START  cranks the engine  Release the key as soon as the engine  starts     Starting your vehicle    Engine starting is controlled by the powertrain control system  This  system meets all Canadian Interference Causing Equipment standard  requirements regulating the impulse electrical field strength of radio  no
136. degrees between adjacent zones and will become noticeable as the  vehicle crosses multiple zones  A correct zone setting will eliminate this  error  Refer to Compass zone calibration adjustment     Compass zone adjustment    Perform the following steps on an open area free from steel structures  and high voltage lines  For optimum calibration  turn off all electrical  accessories  heater   air conditioning  wipers  etc   and make sure all  vehicle doors are shut    1  Turn ignition to the ON position    2  Start the engine    3  Press the INFO button repeatedly until the Compass and Odometer  are displayed   Do not select Trip  DTE  or AFE  The top of the message  center must be blank      80    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driver Controls    Note  If message center displays the message  SLOW CIRCLES TO  CALIBRATE     then perform the CALIBRATION PROCEDURE     4  Determine your magnetic zone by  referring to the zone map           5  Press and hold the RESET until    the message center display changes BESET FAR ZONE  to show the current zone setting  INEO TO EXIT          6  Release the RESET control  then  slowly press RESET down again  SETUP ZONE XX  7  Press the SETUP control RESET IF GONE  repeatedly until the correct zone  setting for your geographic location  is displayed on the message center  To exit the zone setting mode press  and release the RESET control     8  If necessary  press the RESET control to start the compass calibration
137. deo games and video game  equipment when used as auxiliary inputs for your Family  Entertainment DVD System     e Do not operate video games or video equipment if the power cords  and or cables are broken  split or damaged  Carefully place cords  and or cables where they will not be stepped on or interfere with the  operation of seats and or compartments     e Disconnect video games and video equipment power cords and or  cables when not in use     e Avoid touching auxiliary input jacks with your fingers  Do not blow on  them or allow them to get wet or dirty     e Do not clean any part of the DVD player with benzene  paint thinner  or any other solvent     Whenever a warning notice is received  the radio volume will be  lowered to a volume that will allow the tones to be heard  The  radio volume will return to the previous level after the warning  notice is complete     Federal Communication Commission  FCC  Compliance    Changes or modifications not approved by Ford or Lincoln Mercury could  void user   s authority to operate the equipment  This equipment has been  tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device   pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules  These limits are designed to  provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a  residential installation  This equipment generates  uses and can radiate  radio frequency energy  If not installed and used in accordance with the  instructions  the Family Entertainment System  FES  may cause
138. ditions described in the list above     To reduce the risk of possible serious injury    Do not stow objects in seat back map pocket  if equipped  or  hang objects off seat back if a child is in the front passenger seat   Do not place objects underneath the front passenger seat or between  the seat and the center console Gf equipped    Check the    passenger airbag off    or    pass airbag off    indicator lamp for  proper airbag Status   Failure to follow these instructions may interfere with the front  passenger seat sensing system     134    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    In case there is a problem with the   e   front passenger sensing system  the    airbag readiness lamp in the IN    instrument cluster will stay lit   If the airbag readiness lamp is lit  do the following     The driver and or adult passengers should check for any objects that  may be lodged underneath the front passenger seat or cargo interfering  with the seat    If objects are lodged and or cargo is interfering with the seat  please take  the following steps to remove the obstruction     e Pull the vehicle over   e Turn the vehicle off     e Driver and or adult passengers should check for any objects lodged  underneath the front passenger seat or cargo interfering with the seat     e Remove the obstruction s  Gf found    e Restart the vehicle     e Wait at least 2 minutes and verify that the airbag readiness lamp is no  longer illuminated
139. e   Tires degrade over time  even when they are not being used  It is  recommended that tires generally be replaced after 6 years of normal  service  Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading  conditions can accelerate the aging process   You should replace the spare tire when you replace the other road tires  due to the aging of the spare tire     U S  DOT Tire Identification Number  TIN     Both U S  and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to  place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires  This  information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of  the tire and also provides a U S  DOT Tire Identification Number for  safety standard certification and in case of a recall    This begins with the letters    DOT    and indicates that the tire meets all  federal standards  The next two numbers or letters are the plant code  designating where it was manufactured  the next two are the tire size  code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was    158    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Tires  Wheels and Loading    built  For example  the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997  After  2000 the numbers go to four digits  For example  2501 means the 25th  week of 2001  The numbers in between are identification codes used for  traceability  This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect  requires a recall    Tire Replacement Requirements   Your vehicle is 
140. e  check with  your local fuel dealer     Repairs to correct the effects of using a fuel for which your vehicle was  not designed may not be covered by your warranty     Octane recommendations    Your vehicle is designed to use     Regular    unleaded gasoline with  pump  R M  2 octane rating of 87   We do not recommend the use of  gasolines labeled as    Regular    that  are sold with octane ratings of 86 or lower in high altitude areas        254    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications    Do not be concerned if your engine sometimes knocks lightly  However  if  it knocks heavily under most driving conditions while you are using fuel  with the recommended octane rating  see your authorized dealer to  prevent any engine damage     Fuel quality    If you are experiencing starting  rough idle or hesitation driveability  problems  try a different brand of unleaded gasoline     Premium     unleaded gasoline is not recommended for vehicles designed to use     Regular    unleaded gasoline because it may cause these problems to  become more pronounced  If the problems persist  see your authorized  dealer    Do not add aftermarket fuel additive products to your fuel tank  It  should not be necessary to add any aftermarket products to your fuel  tank if you continue to use high quality fuel of the recommended octane  rating  These products have not been approved for your engine and  could cause damage to the fuel system  Repairs
141. e  if equipped        P  Park     This position locks the transaxle and prevents the front wheels from  turning     To put your vehicle in gear    e Depress the brake pedal   e Move the gearshift lever into the desired gear  To put your vehicle in P  Park     e Come to a complete stop    187    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driving  e Move the gearshift lever and securely latch it in P  Park     Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is  latched in P  Park   Turn the ignition to the LOCK position and  remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle     R  Reverse     With the gearshift lever in R  Reverse   the vehicle will move backward   Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of R   Reverse      N  Neutral     With the gearshift lever in N  Neutral   the vehicle can be started and is  free to roll  Hold the brake pedal down while in this position     D  Drive     The normal driving position for the best fuel economy  Transaxle  operates in gears one through six     L  Low     Provides more engine braking when the accelerator pedal is released  than D  Drive      REVERSE SENSING SYSTEM  IF EQUIPPED     The Reverse Sensing System  RSS  sounds a tone to warn the driver of  obstacles near the rear bumper when R  Reverse  is selected and the  vehicle is moving at speeds less than 3 mph  5 km h   The system is not  effective at speeds above 3 mph  5 km h  and may not detect certain  angular or moving obj
142. e  to adjust down  or  counterclockwise  to adjust up    The horizontal edge of the brighter  light should touch the horizontal  reference line     6  Close the hood and turn off the  lamps     HORIZONTAL AIM IS NOT REQUIRED FOR THIS VEHICLE AND IS  NON ADJUSTABLE        55    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Lights    TURN SIGNAL CONTROL   p gt     e Push down to activate the left  turn signal     e Push up to activate the right turn  signal     INTERIOR LAMPS    Dome lamps and map lamps    The map lamps are located on the  overhead console  Press the controls  on either side of each map lamp to  turn on the lamps                          Your vehicle may also have reading  lamps within the rear dome lamp s                              Press the switches on either side of  the dome lamp to turn on the  lamps                 BULB REPLACEMENT    Headlamp Condensation   The headlamps are vented to equalize pressure  When moist air enters  the headlamp s  through the vents  there is a possibility that  condensation can occur  This condensation is normal and will clear  within 45 minutes of headlamp operation     56    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Lights    Using the right bulbs    Replacement bulbs are specified in the chart below  Headlamp bulbs  must be marked with an authorized    D O T     for North America and an     E    for Europe to ensure lamp performance  light brightness and pattern  and safe visibility  
143. e clock mode     If your vehicle is equipped with an in dash clock  refer to    Setting the  clock    in the Driver Controls chapter     Track Folder Mode  Available only on MP3 discs in CD mode  In Track  Mode  pressing  lt q SEEK P will scroll through all tracks on the disc   In Folder mode  pressing E  SEEK P will scroll only through tracks  within the selected folder     Compression  Available only in CD mode  brings soft and loud CD  passages together for a more consistent listening level     Repeat  Available only in CD mode  Press to repeat the current CD  track     RDS  Available on Audiophile radios only   Allows you to search  RDS equipped stations for a certain category of music format  Classic   Country  Info  Jazz RB  Religious  Rock  Soft  Top 40  RDS  only available  in FM mode  must be activated to access Find and Show functions    To activate  press and hold MENU until RDS  ON OFF  appears in the  display  Press MENU repeatedly to scroll through Find  Show and RDS     Use A V   lt   SEEK    to toggle RDS ON OFF  When RDS is Off  you  will not be able to access Find and Show functions    Find  Allows you to search RDS equipped stations for the desired music  category  Use A IV to find the desired program type  then use  lt q  SEEK  gt  or SCAN to begin the search    Show  Allows you to display the name of the radio station or program  type  Use A IV 4 SEEK  gt  to show type  name or none     23    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     
144. e every 2 seconds to  indicate the SecuriLock   system  is functioning as a theft deterrent              e When the ignition is in the 3  RUN  position  the indicator will glow  for 3 seconds to indicate normal system functionality     If a problem occurs with the SecuriLock   system  the indicator will flash  rapidly or glow steadily when the ignition is in the 3  RUN  position  If  this occurs  the vehicle will not start and should be taken to an  authorized dealer for service     Automatic arming  The vehicle is armed immediately after switching the ignition to the 1   LOCK  position     101    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Locks and Security    The theft indicator will flash every A  two seconds to act as a theft   deterrent when the vehicle is f R  armed                 Automatic disarming    The vehicle is disarmed immediately after the ignition is turned from the  1  LOCK  to the 3  RUN  position     The theft indicator will illuminate for three seconds and then go out   If the theft indicator stays on for an extended period of time or flashes  rapidly  have the system serviced by your authorized dealer   Replacement keys    If your keys are lost or stolen and you don   t have an extra coded key   you will need to have your vehicle towed to an authorized dealer  The  key codes need to be erased from your vehicle and new coded keys will  need to be programmed    Replacing coded keys can be very costly  Store an extra programmed key  away
145. e if the engine is not at normal operating  temperature or damage to the transmission may occur    Do not rock the vehicle for more than a few minutes or damage  to the transmission and tires may occur or the engine may  overheat     Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is  latched in P  Park   Turn the ignition to the LOCK position and  remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle     191    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driving    If the parking brake is fully released  but the brake warning lamp  remains illuminated  the brakes may not be working properly   See your authorized dealer     Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph  56 km h   The tires may  fail and injure a passenger or bystander     Emergency maneuvers    e In an unavoidable emergency situation where a sudden sharp turn  must be made  remember to avoid    over driving    your vehicle  i e    turn the steering wheel only as rapidly and as far as required to avoid  the emergency   Excessive steering will result in less vehicle control   not more  Additionally  smooth variations of the accelerator and or  brake pedal pressure should be utilized if changes in vehicle speed are  called for  Avoid abrupt steering  acceleration or braking which could  result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control  vehicle rollover  and or personal injury  Use all available road surface to return the  vehicle to a safe direction of travel     e In the event of an eme
146. e vehicle   s fuel  economy under current driving conditions  Additionally  keeping records  during summer and winter will show how temperature impacts fuel  economy  In general  lower temperatures give lower fuel economy   Driving style     good driving and fuel economy habits    Give consideration to the lists that follow and you may be able to change  a number of variables and improve your fuel economy     Habits  e Smooth  moderate operation can yield up to 10  savings in fuel     e Steady speeds without stopping will usually give the best fuel  economy     e Idling for long periods of time  greater than one minute  may waste  fuel     e Anticipate stopping  slowing down may eliminate the need to stop   e Sudden or hard accelerations may reduce fuel economy   e Slow down gradually     e Driving at reasonable speeds  traveling at 55 mph  88 km h  uses 15   less fuel than traveling at 65 mph  105 km h       257    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications    Revving the engine before turning it off may reduce fuel economy   Using the air conditioner or defroster may reduce fuel economy     You may want to turn off the speed control in hilly terrain if  unnecessary shifting between third and fourth gear occurs   Unnecessary shifting of this type could result in reduced fuel  economy     Warming up a vehicle on cold mornings is not required and may  reduce fuel economy     Resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving m
147. eadlamp lenses  use Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass  Cleaner  ZC 23      WINDOWS AND WIPER BLADES  The windshield  rear and side windows and the wiper blades should be  cleaned regularly  If the wipers do not wipe properly  substances on the    230    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Cleaning    vehicle   s glass or the wiper blades may be the cause  These may include  hot wax treatments used by commercial car washes  water repellant  coatings  tree sap  or other organic contamination  these contaminants  may cause squeaking or chatter noise from the blades  and streaking and  smearing of the windshield  To clean these items  follow these tips     e The windshield  rear windows and side windows may be cleaned with  a non abrasive cleaner such as Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass  Cleaner  ZC 23   available from your authorized dealer     e The wiper blades can be cleaned with isopropyl  rubbing  alcohol or  Motorcraft Premium Windshield Washer Concentrate  ZC 32   A    available from your authorized dealer  This washer fluid contains  special solution in addition to alcohol which helps to remove the hot  wax deposited on the wiper blade and windshield from automated car  wash facilities  Be sure to replace wiper blades when they appear  worn or do not function properly     e Do not use abrasives  as they may cause scratches   e Do not use fuel  kerosene  or paint thinner to clean any parts     If you cannot remove those streaks after cleaning
148. ear facing child seat in front of an active airbag  If you must use  a forward facing child seat in the front seat  move the seat all the way  back     Children 12 and under should be properly restrained in the rear  seat whenever possible     146    2007 Montego  mgo     Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    1  Position the child safety seat in a  seat with a combination lap and  shoulder belt     2  Pull down on the shoulder belt  and then grasp the shoulder belt  and lap belt together     3  While holding the shoulder and  lap belt portions together  route the  tongue through the child seat  according to the child seat  manufacturer   s instructions  Be sure  the belt webbing is not twisted     2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus                     147    Seating and Safety Restraints    4  Insert the belt tongue into the  proper buckle  the buckle closest to  the direction the tongue is coming  from  for that seating position until  you hear a snap and feel the latch  engage  Make sure the tongue is  latched securely by pulling on it        5  To put the retractor in the  automatic locking mode  grasp the  shoulder portion of the belt and pull  downward until all of the belt is  pulled out and a click is heard     ea    6  Allow the belt to retract  The belt will click as it retracts to indicate it  is in the automatic locking mode     7  Pull the lap belt portion across   the child seat toward the buckle and R
149. eature for child seats is still working properly  Safety  belt assemblies should be inspected by an authorized dealer and must  be replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted  Failure to  replace the belt and retractor assembly could increase the risk of  injury in a collision     Unbuckle the combination lap shoulder belt and allow it to retract  completely to disengage the automatic locking mode and activate the  vehicle sensitive  emergency  locking mode     Safety belt height adjustment    Your vehicle has safety belt height  adjustments for the front outboard  seating positions     Adjust the height of the shoulder  belt so the belt rests across the  middle of your shoulder     To adjust the shoulder belt height    squeeze the button and slide the   height adjuster up or down  Release   the button and pull down on the   height adjuster to make sure it is locked in place     a7    120    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    Position the safety belt height adjusters so that the belt rests   across the middle of your shoulder  Failure to adjust the safety  belt properly could reduce the effectiveness of the seat belt and  increase the risk of injury in a collision     Safety belt pretensioner    Your vehicle is equipped with safety belt pretensioners at the driver and  front outboard passenger seating positions     The safety belt pretensioner is a device which removes excess webbing  from the safety be
150. ects     To help avoid personal injury  please read and understand the   limitations of the reverse sensing system as contained in this  section  Reverse sensing is only an aid for some  generally large and  fixed  objects when moving in reverse on a flat surface at    parking  speeds     Inclement weather may also affect the function of the RSS   this may include reduced performance or a false activation     To help avoid personal injury  always use caution when in R   Reverse  and when using the RSS     188    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driving      This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or    5 moving objects  The system is designed to provide a warning to  sais the driver in detecting large stationary objects to avoid damaging  the vehicle  The system may not detect smaller objects  particularly  those close to the ground        Certain add on devices such as large trailer hitches  bike or        surfboard racks and any device that may block the normal  ERA zone of the RSS system may create false beeps        The RSS detects obstacles up to six  feet  two meters  from the rear  bumper with a decreased coverage  area at the outer corners of the  bumper   refer to the figures for  approximate zone coverage areas    As you move closer to the obstacle   the rate of the tone increases  When  the obstacle is less than 10 inches   25 0 cm  away  the tone will sound  continuously  If the RSS detects a  stationary or receding 
151. eels  Do  not become overconfident as to road conditions     Make sure you allow sufficient distance between you and other vehicles  for stopping  Drive slower than usual and consider using one of the lower  gears  In emergency stopping situations  apply the brake steadily  Since  your vehicle is equipped with a four wheel anti lock brake system  ABS    do not    pump    the brakes  Refer to the Brakes section of this chapter  for additional information on the operation of the anti lock brake system     Maintenance and Modifications    The suspension and steering systems on your vehicle have been designed  and tested to provide predictable performance whether loaded or empty  and durable load carrying capability  For this reason  Ford Motor  Company strongly recommends that you do not make modifications such  as adding or removing parts  such as lift kits or stabilizer bars  or by  using replacement parts not equivalent to the original factory equipment     Any modifications to a vehicle that raise the center of gravity can make  it more likely the vehicle will rollover as a result of a loss of control   Ford Motor Company recommends that caution be used with any vehicle  equipped with a high load or device  such as ladder or luggage racks      Failure to maintain your vehicle properly may void the warranty  increase  your repair cost  reduce vehicle performance and operational capabilities  and adversely affect driver and passenger safety  Frequent inspection of  vehicle cha
152. eets all federal standards  The  next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was  manufactured  the next two are the tire size code and the last four  numbers represent the week and year the tire was built  For example   the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997  After 2000 the numbers  go to four digits  For example  2501 means the 25th week of 2001  The    numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability  This  information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall     9  M S or M S  Mud and Snow  or  AT  All Terrain  or  AS  All Season     10  Tire Ply Composition and Material Used  Indicates the number of  plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and  sidewall  Tire manufacturers also must indicate the ply materials in the  tire and the sidewall  which include steel  nylon  polyester  and others        11  Maximum Load  Indicates the maximum load in kilograms and  pounds that can be carried by the tire  Refer to the Safety Compliance  Certification Label  which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the  driver   s door  for the correct tire pressure for your vehicle     164    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Tires  Wheels and Loading    12  Treadwear  Traction and Temperature Grades    e Treadwear  The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the  wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a  specified government te
153. efueling   an error in the reading will result if the engine is left running     e Use the same filling rate setting dow     medium     high  each time  the tank is filled     e Allow no more than two automatic click offs when filling    e Always use fuel with the recommended octane rating    e Use a known quality gasoline  preferably a national brand    e Use the same side of the same pump and have the vehicle facing the  same direction each time you fill up     256    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications    e Have the vehicle loading and distribution the same every time   Your results will be most accurate if your filling method is consistent     Calculating fuel economy    1  Fill the fuel tank completely and record the initial odometer reading   in miles or kilometers      2  Each time you fill the tank  record the amount of fuel added Gn  gallons or liters      3  After at least three to five tank fill ups  fill the fuel tank and record  the current odometer reading     4  Subtract your initial odometer reading from the current odometer  reading     5  Follow one of the simple calculations in order to determine fuel  economy     Calculation 1  Divide total miles traveled by total gallons used     Calculation 2  Multiply liters used by 100  then divide by total  kilometers traveled     Keep a record for at least one month and record the type of driving  city  or highway   This will provide an accurate estimate of th
154. eight of 15 25   fifth wheel  trailer   and driver only  150 Ib   68 kg    Consult your authorized  dealer  or the RV and Trailer Towing Guide provided by your  authorized dealer  for more detailed information     Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the Safety  Compliance Certification Label        Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities   than the originals because they may lower the vehicle   s GVWR  and GAWR limitations  Replacement tires with a higher limit than the  originals do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations     Exceeding any vehicle weight rating limitation could result in  serious damage to the vehicle and or personal injury     Steps for determining the correct load limit     1  Locate the statement    The combined weight of occupants and cargo  should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs     on your vehicle   s placard     172    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Tires  Wheels and Loading    2  Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will  be riding in your vehicle     3  Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX  kg or XXX lbs     4  The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage  load capacity  For example  if the    XXX    amount equals 1 400 Ibs  and  there will be five 150 lb  passengers in your vehicle  the amount of  available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs   1400 750  5 x 150     650 Ib    In metric units
155. em are sealed for life and require no  maintenance    If your vehicle is equipped with AWD  a spare tire of a different size  other than the tire provided should never be used  A dissimilar spare tire  size  other than the spare tire provided  or major dissimilar tire sizes  between the front and rear axles could cause the AWD system to stop  functioning and default to front wheel drive     Note  Your AWD vehicle is not intended for off road use  The AWD  feature gives your vehicle some limited off road capabilities in which  driving surfaces are relatively level  obstruction free and otherwise  similar to normal on road driving conditions  Operating your vehicle  under other than those conditions could subject the vehicle to excessive  stress which might result in damage which is not covered under your  warranty     Driving off highway with AWD vehicles    AWD vehicles are specially equipped for driving on sand  snow  mud and  rough roads and have operating characteristics that are somewhat  different from conventional vehicles  both on and off the highway    When driving at slow speeds off highway under high outside  temperatures  use L  Low  gear when possible  L  Low  gear operation  will maximize the engine and transmission cooling capability    Under severe operating conditions  the A C may cycle on and off to  protect overheating of the engine     190    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driving    Basic operating principles    e Drive slow
156. enance and Specifications    When the engine is cold  check the  level of the engine coolant in the  reservoir                             COLD FILL LEVEL ft          e The engine coolant should be at the    FULL COLD    level or within the     COLD FILL RANGE    as listed on the engine coolant reservoir   depending upon application     Refer to scheduled maintenance information for service interval  schedules     e Be sure to read and understand Precautions when servicing your  vehicle in this chapter     If the engine coolant has not been checked at the recommended interval   the engine coolant reservoir may become low or empty  If the reservoir is  low or empty  add engine coolant to the reservoir  Refer to Adding  engine coolant in this chapter     Note  Automotive fluids are not interchangeable  do not use engine  coolant  antifreeze or windshield washer fluid outside of its specified  function and vehicle location     Adding engine coolant    When adding coolant  make sure it is a 50 50 mixture of engine coolant  and distilled water  Add the mixture to the coolant reservoir  when the  engine is cool  until the appropriate fill level is obtained     246    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications    Do not add engine coolant when the engine is hot  Steam and  scalding liquids released from a hot cooling system can burn you  badly  Also  you can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts     Do not put engine co
157. engine oil  1  Check the engine oil  For instructions  refer to Checking the engine  oil in this chapter     2  If the engine oil level is not within the normal operating range  add  only certified engine oil of the recommended viscosity  Remove the  engine oil filler cap and use a funnel to pour the engine oil into the  opening    3  Recheck the engine oil level  Make sure the oil level is not above the  normal operating range on the engine oil level indicator  dipstick      4  Install the indicator and ensure it is fully seated     5  Fully install the engine oil filler cap by turning the filler cap clockwise  until it stops     To avoid possible oil loss  DO NOT operate the vehicle with the  engine oil level indicator and or the engine oil filler cap removed     241    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications    Engine oil and filter recommendations    Look for this certification  trademark                    Use SAE 5W 20 engine oil     Only use oils    Certified For Gasoline Engines    by the American  Petroleum Institute  API   An oil with this trademark symbol conforms  to the current engine and emission system protection standards and fuel  economy requirements of the International Lubricant Standardization and  Approval Committee  ILSAC   comprised of U S  and Japanese  automobile manufacturers     To protect your engine   s warranty use Motorcraft SAE 5W 20 or an  equivalent SAE 5W 20 oil meeting Ford specificatio
158. ent position  press and hold the front portion of the  control until the glass panel stops moving     The moon roof has a sliding shade that can be opened or closed when  the glass panel is shut  To close the shade  pull it toward the front of the  vehicle    73    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driver Controls    HOMELINK   WIRELESS CONTROL SYSTEM  IF EQUIPPED     The HomeLink   Wireless Control   System  located on the driver   s visor    provides a convenient way to te   replace up to three hand held   transmitters with a single built in    O O  device  This feature will learn the   radio frequency codes of most   transmitters to operate garage   doors  entry gate operators  security systems  entry door locks  and  home or office lighting     When programming your HomeLink   Wireless Control System to  a garage door or gate  be sure that people and objects are out of  the way to prevent potential harm or damage     Do not use the HomeLink   Wireless Control System with any garage  door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by  U S  federal safety standards  this includes any garage door opener  model manufactured before April 1  1982   A garage door which cannot  detect an object  signaling the door to stop and reverse  does not meet  current U S  federal safety standards  For more information  contact  HomeLink   at  www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515     Retain the original transmitter for use in other vehicles as 
159. ental restraint system  SRS  is provided     It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area  inside or   outside of a vehicle  In a collision  people riding in these areas  are more likely to be seriously injured or killed  Do not allow people to  ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and  safety belts  Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a  safety belt properly     In a rollover crash  an unbelted person is significantly more likely  to die than a person wearing a seat belt     Each seating position in your vehicle has a specific safety belt   assembly which is made up of one buckle and one tongue that  are designed to be used as a pair  1  Use the shoulder belt on the  outside shoulder only  Never wear the shoulder belt under the arm   2  Never swing the safety belt around your neck over the inside  shoulder  3  Never use a single belt for more than one person     Always transport children 12 years old and under in the back  seat and always properly use appropriate child restraints     117    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    Combination lap and shoulder belts    1  Insert the belt tongue into the  proper buckle  the buckle closest to    the direction the tongue is coming a  from  until you hear a snap and feel Kw r     it latch  Make sure the tongue is i   securely fastened in the buckle   e  D    2  To unfasten  push the release  button and remove the tongue fro
160. equipped with tires designed to provide a safe ride and  handling capability     Only use replacement tires and wheels that are the same size   and type  such as P metric versus LT metric or all season versus  all terrain  as those originally provided by Ford  Use of any tire or  wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and  performance of your vehicle  which could result in an increased risk of  loss of vehicle control  vehicle rollover  personal injury and death   Additionally the use of non recommended tires and wheels could cause  steering  suspension  axle or transfer case power transfer unit failure  If  you have questions regarding tire replacement  see an authorized  dealer     When mounting replacement tires and wheels  you should not  exceed the maximum pressure indicated on the sidewall of the  tire to set the beads without additional precautions listed below  If the  beads do not seat at the maximum pressure indicated  re lubricate and  try again   If a pressure in excess of the maximum pressure indicated is required   the following additional precautions must be taken to protect the  person mounting the tire   First check to ensure that you have the correct tire and wheel size   For mounting pressures up to 20 psi greater than the maximum  pressure on the tire sidewall  When inflating the tire   1  First  again lubricate the tire bead and wheel bead seat area  2  Stand at a minimum of 12 feet away from the tire wheel assembly  3  Use both eye and ear p
161. equires additional text to be  displayed  When the     gt     indicator is active  press SEEK to view the  additional display text  When the     lt     indicator is active  press  lt Q SEEK  to view the previous display text     7  Shuffle  Press to play the tracks  in random order     8  FOLDER  Press to access next  folder on MP3 discs  if folders are  available        24    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Entertainment Systems    9  FOLDER  press to access the  previous folder on MP3 discs  if  folders are available     10  Fast forward  Press to  manually advance in a CD track     11  Rewind  Press to manually  reverse in a CD track     12  Memory presets  To set a  station  Select frequency band  AM FM  tune to a station  press and  hold a preset button until sound returns and PRESET   SAVED appears  in the display  You can save up to 18 stations  six in AM  six in FM1 and  FM2     In Satellite Radio mode  if equipped   there are 18 available presets  six  each for SAT1  SAT2 and SATS  To save satellite channels in your  memory presets  tune to the desired channel then press and hold a  preset control until sound returns    Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS subscription   Check with your authorized dealer for availability     13  Sean  Press for a brief sampling  of radio stations or CD tracks  Press  again to stop    In Satellite Radio mode  if equipped   press and hold to hear a brief  sampling of the next channels  Pr
162. er in strong crosswinds which can affect the normal steering  characteristics of your vehicle     e Be extremely careful when driving on pavement made slippery by  loose sand  water  gravel  snow or ice     If your vehicle goes off the edge of the pavement    e If your vehicle goes off the edge of the pavement  slow down  but  avoid severe brake application  ease the vehicle back onto the  pavement only after reducing your speed  Do not turn the steering  wheel too sharply while returning to the road surface     e It may be safer to stay on the apron or shoulder of the road and slow  down gradually before returning to the pavement  You may lose  control if you do not slow down or if you turn the steering wheel too  sharply or abruptly     e It often may be less risky to strike small objects  such as highway  reflectors  with minor damage to your vehicle rather than attempt a  sudden return to the pavement which could cause the vehicle to slide  sideways out of control or rollover  Remember  your safety and the  safety of others should be your primary concern     If your vehicle gets stuck    If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow it may be rocked out by  shifting between forward and reverse gears  stopping between shifts  in a  steady pattern  Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear    If your vehicle is equipped with Traction Control       it may be beneficial  to disengage the Traction Control   system while attempting to rock the  vehicle    Do not rock the vehicl
163. ernal circuits  and the circuits for the airbag supplemental restraints  crash sensor s    safety belt pretensioners  front safety belt buckle sensors  driver seat  position sensor  and front passenger sensing system  In addition  the  RCM also monitors the restraints warning light in the instrument cluster   A difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following     e The warning light will either flash or stay lit    e The warning light will not illuminate immediately after ignition is  turned on    e A series of five beeps will be heard  The tone pattern will repeat  periodically until the problem and warning light are repaired     If any of these things happen  even intermittently  have the Personal  Safety System    serviced at an authorized dealer immediately  Unless  serviced  the system may not function properly in the event of a  collision     116    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    Safety belt precautions    A Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap  belt snug and low across the hips     A To reduce the risk of injury  make sure children sit where they  can be properly restrained     A Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while the  vehicle is moving  The passenger cannot protect the child from  injury in a collision     All occupants of the vehicle  including the driver  should always  properly wear their safety belts  even when an air bag  supplem
164. ertainment    System  FES  features and safety information        l     _enrer    1  MAIN control    e NEXT     Press to access the next track on the CD  the next chapter  on the DVD  or to go up in cursor mode     DVD player controls                e PREV     Press to access the previous track on the CD  the previous  chapter on the DVD  or to go down in cursor mode     e REV     Press to reverse within the active CD track or DVD chapter in  play mode  Also press to move the cursor left in the menu active  mode     e FWD     Press to advance within the active CD track or DVD chapter  in play mode  Also press to move the cursor right in the menu active  mode     2  PLAY PAUSE control   Press to playback or pause the DVD    3  DIM control   Press     to increase or     to decrease the brightness on the screen     31    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Entertainment Systems    4  ENTER control    Press to select the function highlighted on the active menu  ENTER may  also be used by some user interactive discs during movie play     5  MENU control   Press to bring up the disc menu    6  AUX control   Press to switch DVD player from play mode to auxiliary mode   7  Auxiliary jacks   Input jacks for standard video audio media device    8  STOP EJECT control    Press once to stop a disc from playing  Press a second time to eject the  disc   If a disc is not playing  but is present in the system  pressing eject  will eject the disc      9  DISPLAY  DIS
165. es  from the terminals and clean with a wire brush  You can neutralize the  acid with a solution of baking soda and water     It is recommended that the negative battery cable terminal be  disconnected from the battery if you plan to store your vehicle for an  extended period of time  This will minimize the discharge of your battery  during storage     Batteries normally produce explosive gases which can cause   personal injury  Therefore  do not allow flames  sparks or lighted  substances to come near the battery  When working near the battery   always shield your face and protect your eyes  Always provide proper  ventilation     When lifting a plastic cased battery  excessive pressure on the   end walls could cause acid to flow through the vent caps   resulting in personal injury and or damage to the vehicle or battery   Lift the battery with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite  corners     243    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications    Keep batteries out of reach of children  Batteries contain sulfuric   acid  Avoid contact with skin  eyes or clothing  Shield your eyes  when working near the battery to protect against possible splashing of  acid solution  In case of acid contact with skin or eyes  flush  immediately with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt  medical attention  If acid is swallowed  call a physician immediately     Battery posts  terminals and related accessories contain lead 
166. ess again to stop     14  Seek  In radio mode  press  lt     to access the previous strong  station     15  AM FM  Press to select AM FM  frequency band     16  ON OFF Volume  Press to turn  ON OFF  Turn to increase decrease  volume    If the volume is set above a certain  level and the ignition is turned off   the volume will come back on at a     nominal    listening level when the ignition switch is turned back on     Orb a    VOL   PUSH    25    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Entertainment Systems    17  CD  Press to enter CD mode  If  a CD is already loaded into the  system  CD play will begin where it  ended last    18  LOAD  Press to load a CD   Press LOAD and a memory preset  to load to a specific slot  Press and  hold to autoload up to six CDs     19  CD eject  Press to eject a CD    Press and hold to auto eject all CDs  present in the system  If there is no   CD present  the display will read NO CD   20  CD slot  Insert a CD label side  up     DO d       GENERAL AUDIO INFORMATION  Radio frequencies     AM and FM frequencies are established by the Federal Communications  Commission  FCC  and the Canadian Radio and Telecommunications  Commission  CRTC   Those frequencies are     AM  530  540 1700  1710 kHz   FM  87 7  87 9 107 7  107 9 MHz   Radio reception factors    There are three factors that can affect radio reception     e Distance strength  The further you travel from an FM station  the  weaker the signal and the weaker the recep
167. estraint system  SRS   in the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter  Failure to follow  the specific warnings and instructions could result in personal injury     Front seat mounted rear facing child or infant seats should  NEVER be placed in front of an active passenger airbag     Service Data Recording    Service data recorders in your vehicle are capable of collecting and  storing diagnostic information about your vehicle  This potentially  includes information about the performance or status of various systems  and modules in the vehicle  such as engine  throttle  steering or brake  systems  In order to properly diagnose and service your vehicle  Ford  Motor Company  Ford of Canada  and service and repair facilities may  access vehicle diagnostic information through a direct connection to your  vehicle when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle     Event Data Recording    Other modules in your vehicle     event data recorders     are capable of  collecting and storing data during a crash or near crash event  The  recorded information may assist in the investigation of such an event   The modules may record information about both the vehicle and the  occupants  potentially including information such as     e how various systems in your vehicle were operating     whether or not the driver and passenger seatbelts were buckled     how far  if at all  the driver was depressing the accelerator and or the  brake pedal     2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus
168. ey     open the trunk without a key     activate the personal alarm     e arm and disarm the perimeter  anti theft system        operate the illuminated entry  feature     The remote entry lock unlock feature operates in any ignition position   The panic feature operates with the key in the 1  LOCK  or 2  ACC   position    If there are problems with the remote entry system  make sure to take  ALL remote entry transmitters with you to the authorized dealer in  order to aid in troubleshooting the problem     Unlocking the doors       1  Press 2 and release to unlock the driver   s door  Note  The interior  lamps will illuminate     93    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Locks and Security    2  Press     and release again within three seconds to unlock all the  doors     The remote entry system activates the illuminated entry feature  this  feature turns on the lamps for 25 seconds or until the ignition is turned  to the 3  RUN  position     The inside lights will not turn off if   e they have been turned on using the dimmer control or  e any door is open     The battery saver feature will turn off the interior lamps 30 minutes after  the ignition is turned to the 1  LOCK  position     Locking the doors  amp     1  Press A and release to lock all the doors  The turn lamps will flash   Note  If any door is not closed properly  the lamps will not flash    2  Press    and release again within three seconds to confirm that all  the doors are closed  No
169. f electrical components in the  vehicle are not working  a fuse may  have blown  Blown fuses are  identified by a broken wire within  the fuse  Check the appropriate 15  fuses before replacing any electrical   components                                                           Note  Always replace a fuse with one that has the specified amperage  rating  Using a fuse with a higher amperage rating can cause severe wire  damage and could start a fire     Standard fuse amperage rating and color    COLOR  Standard Cange  maxi    fuses    Bow j   en ee   Ba   Ra  J   f c   o     15A   Bue   Bue                         25A   Natural   Natural                      Fuse link  cartridge    C   Ra   Rea   ra  eoa               Blue   Yellow   Yellow       soa                Natural  Black  Black       200    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Roadside Emergencies    Passenger compartment fuse panel Smart Junction Box  SJB                                                           F18 F19 F20 F21 F22 F23 F24          F13 F14 F15 F16 F17       F1   F2 F3  F4  F9  F10 F11 F12    F5   F6   F7   F8                               The fuse panel is located under the instrument panel to the left of the  steering wheel     The fuses are coded as follows     zE  Location Rating Panel Description  as   A  A Interior lamps  Courtesy and  demand lamps   Delayed  accessory  Power windows and  moonroof   A Access Security  Power door lock  actuators  Decklid lock actuator   
170. fe if installed properly and adjusted to the manufacturer   s  specifications  The trailer brakes must meet local and Federal  regulations     Do not connect a trailer   s hydraulic brake system directly to your  vehicle   s brake system  Your vehicle may not have enough  braking power and your chances of having a collision greatly increase     The braking system of the tow vehicle is rated for operation at the   GVWR not GCWR    Trailer lamps   Trailer lamps are required on most towed vehicles  Make sure all running   lights  brake lights  turn signals and hazard lights are working  See your   authorized dealer or trailer rental agency for proper instructions and   equipment for hooking up trailer lamps    Driving while you tow   When towing a trailer    e Turn off the speed control  The speed control may shut off  automatically when you are towing on long  steep grades    e Consult your local motor vehicle speed regulations for towing a trailer    e It is recommended to select the L  Low  gear position when additional  engine braking is needed  In situations such as prolonged downhill  driving on steep grades  i e   driving in mountainous areas   additional  engine braking is needed to reduce the load on the vehicle   s regular  brake system to prevent them from overheating    e Anticipate stops and brake gradually     Servicing after towing   If you tow a trailer for long distances  your vehicle will require more   frequent service intervals  Refer to your scheduled mainte
171. feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving  or you  suspect your tire or vehicle has been damaged  immediately reduce your  speed  Drive with caution until you can safely pull off the road  Stop and  inspect the tires for damage  If a tire is under inflated or damaged   deflate it  remove wheel and replace it with your spare tire and wheel  If  you cannot detect a cause  have the vehicle towed to the nearest repair  facility or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected     Tire and wheel alignment    A bad jolt from hitting a curb or pothole can cause the front end of your  vehicle to become misaligned or cause damage to your tires  If your  vehicle seems to pull to one side when youre driving  the wheels may be  out of alignment  Have an authorized dealer check the wheel alignment  periodically     160    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Tires  Wheels and Loading    Wheel misalignment in the front or the rear can cause uneven and rapid  treadwear of your tires and should be corrected by an authorized dealer   Front wheel drive  FWD  vehicles and those with an independent rear  suspension  if equipped  may require alignment of all four wheels     The tires should also be balanced periodically  An unbalanced tire and  wheel assembly may result in irregular tire wear     Tire rotation    Rotating your tires at the recommended interval  as indicated in the  scheduled maintenance information that comes with your vehicle  will  help you
172. fety belts  Frontal airbags are not designed to  inflate in rear and side crashes or rollovers       Td rather be Not a good idea  People who are ejected are 40   thrown clear    times more likely to DIE  Safety belts help  prevent ejection  WE CAN   T    PICK OUR CRASH           Do not sit on top of a buckled safety belt or insert a latchplate  into the buckle to avoid the BeltMinder   chime  To do so may  adversely affect the performance of the vehicle   s air bag system     One time disable   If at any time the driver front passenger quickly buckles then unbuckles  the safety belt for that seating position  the BeltMinder   is disabled for  the current ignition cycle  The BeltMinder   feature will enable during the  same ignition cycle if the occupant buckles and remains buckled for  approximately 30 seconds  Confirmation is not given for the one time  disable     Deactivating activating the BeltMinder   feature    The driver and front passenger BeltMinder   are  deactivated activated independently  When deactivating activating  one seating position  do not buckle the other position as this will  terminate the process    Read Steps 1   4 thoroughly before proceeding with the  deactivation activation programming procedure    Note  The driver and front passenger BeltMinder   features must be  disabled enabled separately  Both cannot be disable enabled during the  same key cycle    The driver and front passenger BeltMinder   features can be  deactivated activated by performin
173. folded down  you have room for 12 100  Ib   45 kg  bags of cement  Do you have enough load capacity to  transport the cement to your home  If you and your friend each weigh  220 Ib   99 kg   the calculation would be  1400      2 x 220     12 x  100    1400     440     1200       240 Ib  No  you do not have enough  cargo capacity to carry that much weight  In metric units  the  calculation would be  635 kg      2 x 99 kg       12 x 45 kg    635      198     540      103 kg  You will need to reduce the load weight by at  least 240 Ib   104 kg   If you remove 3 100 lb   45 kg  cement bags   then the load calculation would be     173    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Tires  Wheels and Loading    1400      2 x 220       9 x 100    1400     440     900   60 lb  Now you  have the load capacity to transport the cement and your friend home   In metric units  the calculation would be  635 kg      2 x 99 kg       9  x 45 kg    635     198     405   32 kg   The above calculations also assume that the loads are positioned in your  vehicle in a manner that does not overload the Front or the Rear Gross  Axle Weight Rating specified for your vehicle on the Safety Compliance  Certification Label found on the edge of the driver   s door     TRAILER TOWING   Your vehicle is capable of towing a trailer up to 1 000 Ib   454 kg  gross  trailer weight with a maximum tongue load of 100 lb   45 kg   Do not  tow a trailer until your vehicle has been driven at least 500 
174. g the following procedure     Before following the procedure  make sure that   e The parking brake is set    125    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    e The gearshift is in P  Park   automatic transmission   e The ignition switch is in the OFF position  e The driver and front passenger safety belts are unbuckled    While the design allows you to deactivate your BeltMinder    this   system is designed to improve your chances of being safely  belted and surviving an accident  We recommend you leave the  BeltMinder   system activated for yourself and others who may use the  vehicle  To reduce the risk of injury  do not deactivate activate the  BeltMinder   feature while driving the vehicle     1  Turn the ignition switch to the RUN  or ON  position   DO NOT  START THE ENGINE     2  Wait until the safety belt warning light turns off   Approximately 1  minute     e Step 3 must be completed within 50 seconds after the safety belt  warning light turns off     3  For the seating position being disabled  at a moderate speed  buckle  then unbuckle the safety belt 9 times  ending in the unbuckled state    Step 3 must be completed within 50 seconds after the safety belt  warning light turns off      e After Step 3  the safety belt warning light will be turned on for three  seconds     4  Within 10 seconds of the light turning on  at a moderate speed  buckle  then unbuckle the safety belt     e This will disable the BeltMinder  
175. go  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Lights    Replacing license plate lamp bulbs    1  Make sure the headlamp switch is AEN  in the OFF position  then remove  the two screws and the license plate      lamp assembly     2  Remove bulb socket by turning  counterclockwise     3  Carefully pull the bulb out from  the socket        Install new bulb s  in reverse order     Replacing foglamp bulbs    1  Make sure the foglamp switch is  in the OFF position     2  Remove the bulb socket from the  foglamp by turning  counterclockwise        3  Disconnect the electrical  connector     Install the new bulb in reverse order     60    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driver Controls    MULTI FUNCTION LEVER    Windshield wiper  For intermittent   operation  move control up one 4  position    Adjust the rotary control to the  desired speed setting     Mist function  To activate mist   push control down from the OFF  position and release to get one wipe        For normal or low speed wiper  operation  move control up two  positions from OFF     For high speed wiper operation   move control up three positions  from OFF        Windshield washer  Pull the end  of the stalk towards you     e briefly  causes a single swipe of  the wipers without washer fluid             N  x    e along pull and hold  the wipers and washer fluid will be activated for  up to ten seconds     e a quick pull and hold  the wipers  will swipe three times with  washer fluid  
176. h  For  example     e Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A    These Tire Quality Grades are determined by standards that the United  States Department of Transportation has set        Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic tires for use on passenger  cars  They do not apply to deep tread  winter type snow tires   space saver or temporary use spare tires  tires with nominal rim  diameters of 10 to 12 inches or limited production tires as defined in  Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 575 104 c  2      U S  Department of Transportation Tire quality grades  The U S   Department of Transportation requires Ford Motor Company to give you  the following information about tire grades exactly as the government  has written it     Treadwear    The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of  the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified  government test course  For example  a tire graded 150 would wear one  and one half  1 1 2  times as well on the government course as a tire  graded 100  The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual  conditions of their use  however  and may depart significantly from the  norm due to variations in driving habits  service practices  and  differences in road characteristics and climate     Traction AA A BC    The traction grades  from highest to lowest are AA  A  B  and C  The  grades represent the tire   s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured  under controlled conditions on specif
177. he La    current CD track     10  Fast forward  Press to  manually advance in a CD track     11  Rewind  Press to manually  reverse in a CD track     12  Memory presets  To set a  station  Select frequency band  AM FM  tune to a station  press and  hold a preset button until sound returns and PRESET   SAVED appears  in the display  You can save up to 18 stations  six in AM  six in FM1 and  FM2     In Satellite Radio mode  if equipped   there are 18 available presets  six  each for SAT1  SAT2 and SATS  To save satellite channels in your  memory presets  tune to the desired channel then press and hold a  preset control until sound returns    Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS subscription   Check with your authorized dealer for availability     13  Sean  Press for a brief sampling  scan   of radio stations or CD tracks  Press   again to stop    In Satellite Radio mode  if equipped   press and hold to hear a brief  sampling of the next channels  Press again to stop     14  Seek  In radio mode  press  lt q Gseex   to access the previous strong  station        In CD mode  press  lt q to access the previous CD track     19    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Entertainment Systems    In Satellite Radio mode  if equipped   press  lt q SEEK to seek to the  previous channel  If a specific category is selected   Jazz  Rock  News   etc    press    to seek to the previous channel in the selected category   Press and hold  lt Q SEEK to fast 
178. he fundamental characteristics of  the tire and also provides a U S  DOT Tire Identification Number for  safety standard certification and in case of a recall     162    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Tires  Wheels and Loading    Information on    P    type tires    P215 65R15 95H is an example of a  tire size  load index and speed  rating  The definitions of these  items are listed below   Note that  the tire size  load index and speed  rating for your vehicle may be  different from this example      1  P  Indicates a tire  designated by  the Tire and Rim Association   T amp RA   that may be used for  service on cars  SUVs  minivans and  light trucks     Note  If your tire size does not  begin with a letter this may mean it  is designated by either ETRTO   European Tire and Rim Technical Organization  or JATMA  Japan Tire  Manufacturing Association      2  215  Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from  sidewall edge to sidewall edge  In general  the larger the number  the  wider the tire     3  65  Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire   s ratio of height to  width     4  R  Indicates a    radial    type tire        5  15  Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches  If you change your  wheel size  you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel  diameter     6  95  Indicates the tire   s load index  It is an index that relates to how  much weight a tire can carry  You may find this information in your
179. he line of sight between the headphone and infrared  transmitter  mounted on the DVD housing  is not obstructed for optimal  performance     38    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Entertainment Systems    Liquid Crystal Display  LCD  flip down screen          The LCD screen rotates down and can be adjusted to your desired  viewing angle  When not in use  rotate the screen up into the storage  housing     Note  Ensure that the screen is securely latched into the housing when  stored   S Son  CJ    oO CIC  L        1  7 0     diagonal  active matrix liquid crystal display  LCD                                       Q                   2  Display housing    3  Dimmer switch  Press     to increase decrease the brightness of the  display    Playback and format    e The DVD player of your Family Entertainment DVD System can only  be used in the    playback    mode   The DVD player does not offer a  record feature     e The system plays standard CDs  DVDs and also plays most CD R W   DVD R W  VCD and MP3 media     39    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Entertainment Systems    Saving MP3 files    e Your Family Entertainment System supports discs containing up to  255 files  Discs containing more than 255 files will not play     e Always save MP3 files with the  mp3 extension  The player recognizes  an MP3 file by the  mp3 extension  so MP3 files saved with different  extensions will not be played  Never save a non MP3 file w
180. he range between the MIN and MAX lines  Be  sure to put the cap back on the reservoir        261    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications    BRAKE FLUID    The fluid level will drop slowly as  the brakes wear  and will rise when  the brake components are replaced   Fluid levels between the    MIN    and     MAX    lines are within the normal  operating range  there is no need to  add fluid  If the fluid levels are  outside of the normal operating  range the performance of your  brake system could be  compromised  seek service from  your authorized dealer immediately              TRANSAXLE FLUID    Checking automatic transaxle fluid   CVT transaxle    Do not use supplemental transaxle fluid additives  treatments or  cleaning agents  The use of these materials or transaxle fluids  other than the recommended fluid  may affect transaxle operation  and result in damage to internal transaxle components     Refer to your scheduled maintenance information for scheduled  intervals for fluid changes  Your transaxle does not consume fluid   However  the fluid level should be checked if the transaxle is not working  properly  i e   if the transaxle slips  takes more than a couple of seconds  to engage into Drive Reverse or if you notice some sign of fluid leakage     It is recommended that an authorized dealer check fluid level and  add fluid if required    If your transaxle has a low fluid condition sufficient to affect proper  ope
181. her signs of damage or excessive wear  If  internal damage to the tire is suspected  have the tire demounted and  inspected in case it needs to be repaired or replaced  For your safety   tires that are damaged or show signs of excessive wear should not be  used because they are more likely to blow out or fail     Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear  abnormally  Inspect all your tires  including the spare  frequently  and  replace them if one or more of the following conditions exist     157    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Tires  Wheels and Loading    Tire wear    When the tread is worn down to   1 16th of an inch  2 mm   tires must   be replaced to help prevent your   vehicle from skidding and   hydroplaning  Built in treadwear   indicators  or    wear bars     which   look like narrow strips of smooth   rubber across the tread will appear   on the tire when the tread is worn  A   down to 1 16th of an inch  2 mm    sys  y  When the tire tread wears down to   the same height as these    wear bars     the tire is worn out and must be  replaced     Damage    Periodically inspect the tire treads and sidewalls for damage  such as  bulges in the tread or sidewalls  cracks in the tread groove and  separation in the tread or sidewall   If damage is observed or suspected  have the tire inspected by a tire professional  Tires can be damaged  during off road use  so inspection after off road use is also  recommended     Ag
182. hting    Power distribution box       The power distribution box is located in the engine compartment  The  power distribution box contains high current fuses that protect your  vehicle   s main electrical systems from overloads     Always disconnect the battery before servicing high current  fuses     To reduce risk of electrical shock  always replace the cover to  the Power Distribution Box before reconnecting the battery or  refilling fluid reservoirs     If the battery has been disconnected and reconnected  refer to the  Battery section of the Maintenance and Specifications chapter     203    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Roadside Emergencies             2000  oron      pooo       alo           m    42    43   44   F i  The high current fuses are coded as follows   Fuse Relay Fuse Amp Power Distribution Box  Location Rating Description  1 80A  SJB  SJB fuses 1  2  3  4  5  8 and  12  a ee ee      PT 80A    Front wiper  Front washer                                                                                                                                                                                                       PC o  Notused S O   oo   y  Notused S O   7  N          Po i  Notused S O  40A  Anti lock Brake System  ABS    Motor     30A  Powertrain Control Module  PCM   relay    10   11   12 ABS  Valves    13 oo    Notus S O  14 Doo   Notused S       204    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Roadside
183. hts    glare  reach the mirror  When the mirror detects bright light from  behind the vehicle  it will automatically adjust  darken  to minimize  glare        The mirror will automatically return to the normal state whenever the  vehicle is placed in R  Reverse  to ensure a bright clear view when  backing up    Do not block the sensor on the backside of the inside rear view mirror  since this may impair proper mirror performance     EXTERIOR MIRRORS    Power side view mirrors L        To adjust your mirrors     1  Rotate the control clockwise to  adjust the right mirror and rotate  the control counterclockwise to  adjust the left mirror     2  Move the control in the direction  you wish to tilt the mirror        3  Return to the center position to  lock mirrors in place     67    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driver Controls    Fold away mirrors    Pull the side mirrors in carefully  when driving through a narrow  space  like an automatic car wash        l   gt  ay       Heated outside mirrors Li   if equipped     Both mirrors are heated  automatically to remove ice  mist  and fog when the rear window  defrost is activated     Do not remove ice from the  mirrors with a scraper or  attempt to readjust the mirror  glass if it is frozen in place   These actions could cause  damage to the glass and mirrors        POWER ADJUSTABLE FOOT PEDALS  IF EQUIPPED     The accelerator and brake pedal   should only be adjusted when the  vehicle is stopped and
184. icating the vehicle is locked and entering the 20  second countdown     Disarming the system   You can disarm the system by any of the following actions   e Unlock the doors by using your remote entry transmitter   e Unlock the doors by using your keyless entry pad     e Unlock the driver   s door with a key  Turn the key full forward  toward  the front of the vehicle  to make sure the alarm disarms     e Turn ignition to the 3  ON  position     Press the panic control on the remote entry transmitter  This will only  shut off the horn and parking lamps when the alarm is sounding  The  alarm system will still be armed     Pressing the power door UNLOCK control within the 20 second  prearmed mode will return the vehicle to a disarmed state     Triggering the anti theft system  The armed system will be triggered if     e Any door  the hood or the trunk is opened without using the door key   keypad or the remote entry transmitter     105    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    SEATING  Notes     Reclining the seatback can cause an occupant to slide under the  seat   s safety belt  resulting in severe personal injuries in the  event of a collision     Do not pile cargo higher than the seatbacks to reduce the risk of  injury in a collision or sudden stop     Adjustable head restraints    Head restraints help to limit head motion in the event of a rear collision   Adjust your head restraint so that it is located directly or 
185. ied government test surfaces of  asphalt and concrete  A tire marked C may have poor traction  performance     153    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Tires  Wheels and Loading    The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on  straight ahead braking traction tests  and does not include  acceleration  cornering  hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics     Temperature AB C    The temperature grades are A  the highest   B and C  representing the  tire   s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat  when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory  test wheel  Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire  to degenerate and reduce tire life  and excessive temperature can lead to  sudden tire failure  The grade C corresponds to a level of performance  which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle  Safety Standard No  109  Grades B and A represent higher levels of  performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by  law     The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that   is properly inflated and not overloaded  Excessive speed   underinflation  or excessive loading  either separately or in  combination  can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure     TIRES    Tires are designed to give many thousands of miles of service  but they  must be maintained in order to get the maximum benefit from them     Glos
186. ift the  child up so that the lap belt rests low across the hips and the knees    142    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    bend comfortably  Booster seats may also make the shoulder belt fit  better and more comfortably  Try to keep the belt near the middle of the  shoulder     When children should use booster seats    Children need to use booster seats from the time they outgrow the  toddler seat until they are big enough for the vehicle seat and  lap shoulder belt to fit properly  Generally this is when they weigh about  80 Ib   86 kg   about 8 to 12 years old      Booster seats should be used until you can answer YES to ALL of these  questions     e Can the child sit all the way back    against the vehicle seat back with  knees bent comfortably at the  edge of the seat without  slouching     e Does the lap belt rest low across the hips   e Is the shoulder belt centered on the shoulder and chest   e Can the child stay seated like this for the whole trip     Types of booster seats  There are two types of belt positioning booster seats   e Those that are backless     If your backless booster seat has a  removable shield  remove the  shield and use the lap shoulder  belt  If a seating position has a  low seat back and no head  restraint  a backless booster seat  may place your child   s head  top  of ear level  above the top of the  seat  In this case  move the  backless booster to another  seating position with a h
187. igher seat back and lap shoulder belts        143    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    e Those with a high back     If  with a backless booster seat   you cannot find a seating position  that adequately supports your  child   s head  a high back booster  seat would be a better choice        Either type can be used at any seating position equipped with  lap shoulder belts if your child is over 40 lb   18 kg      Children and booster seats vary widely in size and shape  Choose a  booster that keeps the lap belt low and snug across the hips  never up  across the stomach  and lets you adjust the shoulder belt to cross the  chest and rest snugly near the center of the shoulder  The drawings  below compare the ideal fit  center  to a shoulder belt uncomfortably  close to the neck and a shoulder belt that could slip off the shoulder     VO    If the booster seat slides on the vehicle seat  placing a rubberized mesh  sold as shelf or carpet liner under the booster seat may improve this  condition        The importance of shoulder belts    Using a booster without a shoulder belt increases the risk of a child   s  head hitting a hard surface in a collision  For this reason  you should  never use a booster seat with a lap belt only  It is best to use a booster  seat with lap shoulder belts in the back seat  the safest place for children  to ride     144    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating
188. ight on is   dangerous  A significant decrease in braking performance may  occur  It will take you longer to stop the vehicle  Have the vehicle  checked by your authorized dealer     Anti lock brake system  If the  ABS light stays illuminated or  continues to flash  a malfunction has   been detected  have the system   serviced immediately by your   authorized dealer  Normal braking is still functional unless the brake  warning light also is illuminated    Airbag readiness  If this light fails o    to illuminate when ignition is turned     to ON  continues to flash or remains IN   on  have the system serviced   immediately by your authorized dealer  A chime will also sound when a  malfunction in the supplemental restraint system has been detected     11    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Instrument Cluster    Safety belt  Reminds you to fasten  your safety belt  A BeltMinder    chime will also sound to remind you  to fasten your safety belt  Refer to    the Seating and safety restraints  chapter to activate deactivate the BeltMinder   chime feature     the battery is not charging properly     Engine oil pressure   lluminates  when the oil pressure falls below the  normal range  refer to Engine oil in  the Maintenance and  Specifications chapter     Charging system  Illuminates when E5  L7   Engine coolant level  Illuminates   when the engine coolant is low  Stop   the vehicle as soon as possible    switch off the engine and let cool    Refer to E
189. ill be lit  for high heat  both lights will be lit     The heating of the seat turns off after 10 minutes or when the vehicle is  turned off     110  2007 Montego  mgo     Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    Memory seats power mirrors adjustable pedals  if equipped     This system allows automatic  positioning of the driver seat  power  mirrors  and adjustable pedals to  two programmable positions        The memory seat control is located  on the driver door     e To program position 1  move the  driver seat  mirrors and pedals  if  equipped  to the desired position  using the associated controls   Press the SET control  The SET control indicator light will briefly  illuminate  While the light is illuminated  press control 1        e To program position 2  repeat the previous procedure using control 2   A position can be recalled    e in any gearshift position if the ignition is not in the RUN position    e only in P  Park  or N  Neutral  if the ignition is in the RUN position   A memory seat position may be programmed at any time     The memory positions are also recalled when you press your remote  entry transmitter UNLOCK control  if the transmitter is programmed to  amemory position  or  when you enter a valid personal entry code that  is programmed to a memory position     To program the memory feature to a remote entry transmitter and for  more information on how to use the keypad  refer to Remote entry  system in the Locks and Se
190. ine  coolant in vehicles originally equipped with Motorcraft Premium Gold  Engine Coolant since a Ford approved recycling process is not yet  available     D Used engine coolant should be disposed of in an appropriate  manner  Follow your community   s regulations and standards for recycling  and disposing of automotive fluids     Coolant refill capacity   To find out how much fluid your vehicle   s cooling system can hold  refer   to Maintenance product specifications and capacities in this chapter    Fill your engine coolant reservoir as outlined in Adding engine coolant   in this section    Severe climates   If you drive in extremely cold climates  less than  34   F   36   C J     e It may be necessary to increase the coolant concentration  above 50     e NEVER increase the coolant concentration above 60     e Increased engine coolant concentrations above 60  will  decrease the overheat protection characteristics of the engine  coolant and may cause engine damage    e Refer to the chart on the coolant container to ensure the  coolant concentration in your vehicle will provide adequate  freeze protection at the temperatures in which you drive in the  winter months    If you drive in extremely hot climates    e It is still necessary to maintain the coolant concentration  above 40     e NEVER decrease the coolant concentration below 40     e Decreased engine coolant concentrations below 40  will  decrease the corrosion protection characteristics of the engine  coolant and may
191. information and enrollment  contact  1 877 294 2582 or visit our website at www ford ca     198    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Roadside Emergencies    HAZARD FLASHER CONTROL A     The hazard flasher is located on the  instrument panel by the radio  The    hazard flashers will operate when  the ignition is in any position or if  the key is not in the ignition     Push in the flasher control and all   front and rear direction signals will flash  Press the flasher control again  to turn them off  Use it when your vehicle is disabled and is creating a  safety hazard for other motorists     Note  With extended use  the flasher may run down your battery     FUEL PUMP SHUT OFF SWITCH    This device stops the electric fuel pump from sending fuel to the engine  when your vehicle has had a substantial jolt     After an accident  if the engine cranks but does not start  this switch  may have been activated           The fuel pump shut off switch is f    located in the front passenger   footwell area in the right upper i     corner    To reset the switch    1  Turn the ignition OFF    2  Check the fuel system for leaks    3  If no leaks are apparent  reset the  switch by pushing in on the reset  button     4  Turn the ignition ON     5  Wait a few seconds and return  the key to OFF     6  Make another check for leaks                 199    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Roadside Emergencies  FUSES AND RELAYS    Fuses    I
192. inking  engine misfire is occurring which could  damage your catalytic converter  Drive in a moderate fashion  avoid  heavy acceleration and deceleration  and have your vehicle serviced  immediately by your authorized dealer     Under engine misfire conditions  excessive exhaust temperatures  could damage the catalytic converter  the fuel system  interior  floor coverings or other vehicle components  possibly causing a fire     10    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Instrument Cluster    Iluminates when the fuel cap may   not be properly installed  Continued   driving with this light on may cause   the Check engine warning light to   come on  refer to Fuel filler cap in   the Maintenance and Specification chapter     Brake system warning light  To   confirm the brake system warning C       light is functional  it will   momentarily illuminate when the BRAKE   ignition is turned to the ON position   when the engine is not running  or in a position between ON and START   or by applying the parking brake when the ignition is turned to the ON  position  If the brake system warning light does not illuminate at this  time  seek service immediately from your authorized dealer  Illumination  after releasing the parking brake indicates low brake fluid level or a  brake system malfunction and the brake system should be inspected  immediately by your authorized dealer     Check fuel cap  if equipped    wv    Driving a vehicle with the brake system warning l
193. ions respectively   refer to How to reprogram your remote entry transmitters later in this  chapter     Activating the memory seat feature  To activate this feature     1  Position the seat  mirrors and adjustable pedals to the position  desired     2  Press the SET control on the  driver   s door panel     3  Within 5 five seconds  press the 1  or 2 control on the driver   s door  panel to which you would like to  associate with the seat  mirrors and  adjustable pedals and Driver 1 or  Driver 2 positions           4  Repeat this procedure for the  other Driver position if desired     Replacing the battery    The remote entry transmitter uses one coin type three volt lithium  battery CR2032 or equivalent     To replace the battery     1  Twist a thin coin between the two  halves of the remote entry  transmitter near the key ring  DO  NOT TAKE THE RUBBER COVER  AND CIRCUIT BOARD OFF THE  FRONT HOUSING OF THE  REMOTE ENTRY TRANSMITTER        95    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Locks and Security    2  Do not wipe off any grease on the  battery terminals on the back  surface of the circuit board                       3  Remove the old battery  Note  Please refer to local regulations when  disposing of transmitter batteries     4  Insert the new battery  Refer to the diagram inside the remote entry  transmitter for the correct orientation of the battery  Press the battery  down to ensure that the battery is fully seated in the battery housing  cav
194. ire sidewall for    LT    type  tires       LT    type tires have some additional  information beyond those of    P     type tires  these differences are  described below     1  LT  Indicates a tire  designated by  the Tire and Rim Association   T amp RA   that is intended for service  on light trucks     2  Load Range Load Inflation  Limits  Indicates the tire   s  load carrying capabilities and its  inflation limits    3  Maximum Load Dual Ib   kg   at psi  kPa  cold  Indicates the  maximum load and tire pressure  when the tire is used as a dual  defined as four tires on the rear axle  a  total of six or more tires on the vehicle      4  Maximum Load Single lb   kg  at psi  kPa  cold  Indicates the  maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a single   defined as two tires  total  on the rear axle        166    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Tires  Wheels and Loading    Information on    T    type tires       T    type tires have some additional  information beyond those of    P     type tires  these differences are  described below     T145 80D16 is an example of a tire  size     Note  The temporary tire size for  your vehicle may be different from  this example     1  T  Indicates a type of tire   designated by the Tire and Rim  Association  T amp RA   that is  intended for temporary service on  cars  SUVs  minivans and light  trucks    2  145  Indicates the nominal width  of the tire in millimeters from  sidewall edge to sidew
195. ise     When starting a fuel injected engine  don   t press the accelerator before  or during starting  Only use the accelerator when you have difficulty  starting the engine  For more information on starting the vehicle  refer to  Starting the engine in this chapter     To avoid potential transmission damage at extremely cold temperatures   below  20  F   30  C    it is recommended that the vehicle be warmed up  to normal operating temperature before driving at highway speeds above  50 mph  80 km h   Normal operating temperature is normally reached  after 10 minutes of moderate driving or idling     Extended idling at high engine speeds can produce very high  temperatures in the engine and exhaust system  creating the risk  of fire or other damage     177    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driving    Do not park  idle  or drive your vehicle in dry grass or other dry  ground cover  The emission system heats up the engine  compartment and exhaust system  which can start a fire     Do not start your vehicle in a closed garage or in other enclosed   areas  Exhaust fumes can be toxic  Always open the garage door  before you start the engine  See Guarding against exhaust fumes in  this chapter for more instructions     If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle  have your dealer  inspect your vehicle immediately  Do not drive if you smell  exhaust fumes     Important safety precautions    A computer system controls the engine   s idle revolutions
196. ith the   mp3 extension as the file will not play properly     e The player supports multi session discs  However  be sure to import  the previous session of the disc before you add new files  If you do not  import the previous session  only the last session will be played     e When burning a disc  ensure that you close finalize the disc  before playback  or the disc may not play properly or an error  message may appear     e Some CD RW discs may operate inconsistently and may cause an error  message to appear  We recommend burning MP3 files onto CD R discs     Family Entertainment DVD System protection circuits    High temperature sensor circuit  e Excessively high temperatures may cause damage to the DVD player     e When the temperature of the DVD player becomes too hot  the high  temperature sensor circuit stops machine operation  DVD CD HOT will  be displayed on the radio display     The DVD player will remain disabled until it cools to a normal  operating temperature  The length of time for the system to cool will  vary depending on the climate and operating conditions     Operating    e Only use the system when the vehicle is started for optimal  performance and to maintain battery life     If the Family Entertainment System  FES  is playing and the ignition  is turned OFF  the system will turn off  and suspend playback  When  the ignition is turned on again  playback will begin from the last  selected media source when the play control is pressed     To disable the D
197. ity     5  Snap the two halves back together     Note  Replacement of the battery will not cause the remote transmitter  to become deprogrammed from your vehicle  The remote transmitter  should operate normally after battery replacement     Replacing lost remote entry transmitters    If you would like to have your remote entry transmitter reprogrammed  because you lost one  or would like to buy additional remote entry  transmitters  you can either reprogram them yourself  or take all  remote entry transmitters to your authorized dealer for  reprogramming    Note  If your vehicle is equipped with the memory seats power  mirrors adjustable pedals feature  you can associate a remote entry  transmitter to each memory position using this procedure  The first  transmitter that is programmed will recall Driver 1 settings  and the  second transmitter that is programmed will recall Driver 2 settings     How to reprogram your remote entry transmitters    You must have all remote entry transmitters  maximum of four   available before beginning this procedure     96    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Locks and Security    Note  Ensure the brake pedal is not  depressed during this sequence     To reprogram the remote entry   N  4   transmitters  i q      1  Ensure the vehicle is electronically unlocked   2  Put the key in the ignition     3  Cycle eight times rapidly  within 10 seconds  between the 1 CLOCK   position and 3  RUN   Note  The eighth turn must e
198. iver should always  wear their safety belts even when an airbag SRS and Safety  Canopy    system is provided     To reduce risk of injury  do not obstruct or place objects in the  deployment path of the inflatable Safety Canopy        How does the Safety Canopy   system work     The design and development of the  Safety Canopy    system included  recommended testing procedures  that were developed by a group of  automotive safety experts known as  the Side Airbag Technical Working  Group  These recommended testing  procedures help reduce the risk of  injuries related to the deployment of  side airbags  including the Safety  Canopy         The Safety Canopy    system  consists of the following     e An inflatable nylon curtain with a  gas generator concealed behind  the headliner and above the doors   one on each side of vehicle      e A headliner designed to flex open             above the side doors to allow Safety Canopy deployment     e The same readiness airbag light  electronic control and diagnostic unit  as used for the front airbags     e Two crash sensors mounted on the B pillar  one on each side of the  vehicle      e Two crash sensors located at the C pillar behind the rear doors  one  on each side of the vehicle      e Rollover sensor in the restraints control module  RCM      139    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    The Safety Canopy    system  in combination with safety belts  can help  reduce the ris
199. ives an impact of approximately 5 mph  8  km h  or more  the combination safety belts will lock to help reduce  forward movement of the driver and passengers     Automatic locking mode    When to use the automatic locking mode    In this mode  the shoulder belt is automatically pre locked  The belt will  still retract to remove any slack in the shoulder belt  The automatic  locking mode is not available on the driver safety belt     This mode should be used any time a child safety seat  except a  booster  is installed in a passenger front or outboard rear seating  position  if equipped   Children 12 years old and under should be  properly restrained in the rear seat whenever possible  Refer to Safety  restraints for children or Safety seats for children later in this chapter     How to use the automatic locking mode    e Buckle the combination lap and  shoulder belt        119    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    e Grasp the shoulder portion and  pull downward until the entire  belt is pulled out        e Allow the belt to retract  As the belt retracts  you will hear a clicking  sound  This indicates the safety belt is now in the automatic locking  mode     How to disengage the automatic locking mode    Ford Motor Company recommends that all passenger safety belt   assemblies and attaching hardware should be inspected by an  authorized dealer after any collision to verify that the  automatic  locking retractor    f
200. k of severe injuries in the event of a significant side impact  collision or rollover event     Children 12 years old and under should always be properly restrained in  the second row seats  The Safety Canopy    will not interfere with  children restrained using a properly installed child or booster seat  because it is designed to inflate downward from the headliner above the  doors along the side window opening     The Safety Canopy    system is designed to activate when the vehicle  sustains lateral deceleration sufficient to cause the side crash sensor to  close an electrical circuit that initiates Safety Canopy    inflation or when  a certain likelihood of a rollover event is detected by the rollover sensor     The Safety Canopy is mounted to roof side rail sheet metal  behind the  headliner  along the entire side of the vehicle  In certain lateral collisions  or rollover events  the Safety Canopy system will be activated   regardless of which seats are occupied  The Safety Canopy    is designed  to inflate between the side window area and occupants to further  enhance protection provided in side impact collisions and rollover events     The fact that the Safety Canopy    did not activate in a collision does not  mean that something is wrong with the system  Rather  it means the  forces were not of the type sufficient to cause activation  The Safety  Canopy    is designed to inflate in certain side impact collisions or  rollover events  not in rear impact  frontal or near
201. lect various settings  Press and hold for a fast advance through radio  frequencies or all loaded discs  Also use in menu mode to select various  settings     In Satellite Radio mode  if equipped   press A   v to tune to the  next previous channel    In CATEGORY MODE  press      W to scroll through the list of  available Sirius channel Categories  Pop  Rock  News  etc    Refer to  Category Mode under Menu for further information    Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS subscription   Check with your authorized dealer for availability                                                           21    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Entertainment Systems    2  Phone mute  Press to mute the  playing media  Press again to return  to the playing media     3  Menu  Press to toggle through  the following modes        CATEGORY  Satellite Radio if equipped   Press MENU until the  currently active category appears in the display  CATEGORY MODE   In    CATEGORY MODE  press      to scroll through the list of available  Sirius channel Categories  Pop  Rock  News  etc   Press A  SEEK or    SCAN to select the category  After a category is selected  press SEEK to  search for that specific category of channels only  i e  ROCK   To select  a different category  press MENU until the category appears in the    display  Press A IV to select a different category  You may also select    CATEGORY ALL to seek all available Sirius categories and channels   S
202. lent is also acceptable     e Do not install tire chains  cables  or optional traction devices on the  rear tires  This could cause damage to the vehicle   s wheel house or  body     e Do not use tire chains  cables  or optional traction devices with  optional P225 55R18 tires     Install cable chains securely  verifying that the cables do not touch any  wiring  brake lines or fuel lines     Drive cautiously  If you hear the cables rub or bang against your  vehicle  stop and re tighten the cables  If this does not work  remove  the cables to prevent damage to your vehicle     If possible  avoid fully loading your vehicle     Remove the tire cables when they are no longer needed  Do not use  tire cables on dry roads     e The suspension insulation and bumpers will help prevent vehicle  damage  Do not remove these components from your vehicle when  using snow tires and chains     e Do not exceed 30 mph  48 km h  with tire cables on your vehicle     VEHICLE LOADING     WITH AND WITHOUT A TRAILER    This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and or  trailer  to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating  capability  with or without a trailer  Properly loading your vehicle will  provide maximum return of vehicle design performance  Before loading  your vehicle  familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining  your vehicle   s weight ratings  with or without a trailer  from the vehicle   s  Tire Label or Safety Compliance Certifica
203. lish metric button                83  system check button                  83  warning MESSAZES        eeeeeeeeeeeeee 83  MUrPOrs  siccisssdeisidiivevesaisdicssssaceiasaiee 67  automatic dimming rearview  MUTTON   s3 hc 20crcdsieieticce eae 67  TOLGLA WAY sereneco treere ETS 68  heated nelenes renens 68  276    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     side view mirrors  power          67  MOON TOO   re 72  Motorcraft parts          2338  251  265  N  Navigation system            ceeee 30  O  Octane  rating   lt 2  cessnisgerscassecndyas  254  Oil  see Engine oil              0  239  P  Parking brake           eeeeee 181    Parts  see Motorcraft parts      265  Passenger Occupant    Classification Sensor             00 115  Power adjustable foot pedals      68  Power distribution box   see FUSES  assenso 203  Power door locks           ccceeeee 88  Power MITOLS oresonn 67  Power POINE astres roeinesria 64  Power steeTing           cssescccsecasenes 183  fluid  checking and adding     261  fluid  refill capacity sisisi 266  fluid  specifications                   266  Power Windows          c  ccccsseeeees 65  R  Radio sa A 16  21  Relays  souna 200  Remote entry system            00  93  illuminated entry                97 98    locking unlocking doors       93 94  opening the trunk                 0  94  PANIC alati ss seesesscsseivessseesesseceess 94  replacement additional  transmitters   5 c3 saxcasaeadesyoss inanis 96  replacing the batteries        
204. llowing website     e In the United States  www ford com   e In Canada  www ford ca   e In Mexico  www ford com mx   e In Australia  www ford com au   Additional owner information is given in separate publications    This Owner   s Guide describes every option and model variant available  and therefore some of the items covered may not apply to your    particular vehicle  Furthermore  due to printing cycles it may describe  options before they are generally available     Remember to pass on the Owner   s Guide when reselling the vehicle  It  is an integral part of the vehicle     Fuel pump shut off switch  In the event of an accident the   safety switch will automatically cut off the fuel supply to the  engine  The switch can also be activated through sudden vibration  e g   collision when parking   To reset the switch  refer to the Fuel pump  shut off switch in the Roadside Emergencies chapter     2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Introduction    SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION    A Warning symbols in this guide    How can you reduce the risk of personal injury to yourself or others  In  this guide  answers to such questions are contained in comments  highlighted by the warning triangle symbol  These comments should be  read and observed     A Warning symbols on your vehicle    When you see this symbol  it is   imperative that you consult the   relevant section of this guide before L i   touching or attempting adjustment   of any kind     Prote
205. lt system  The safety belt pretensioner uses the same  crash sensor system as the front airbag supplemental restraint system   SRS   When the safety belt pretensioner deploys  webbing from the lap  and shoulder belt is tightened  Refer to the Safety belt maintenance  section in this chapter     The driver and front passenger safety belt system  including   retractors  buckles and height adjusters  must be replaced if the  vehicle is involved in a collision that results in deployment of front  airbags  seat mounted side airbags and side air curtains  if equipped    and safety belt pretensioners     Safety belt extension assembly    If the safety belt is too short when fully extended  there is a 8 inch  20  cm  safety belt extension assembly that can be added  part number  611C22   This assembly can be obtained from an authorized dealer    Use only extensions manufactured by the same supplier as the safety  belt  Manufacturer identification is located at the end of the webbing on  the label  Also  use the safety belt extension only if the safety belt is too  short for you when fully extended     Do not use extensions to change the fit of the shoulder belt  across the torso     Safety belt maintenance    Inspect the safety belt systems periodically to make sure they work  properly and are not damaged  Inspect the safety belts to make sure  there are no nicks  tears or cuts  Replace if necessary  All safety belt    121    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus
206. m  the buckle  N    All restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts   While you are fastened in the safety belt  the combination lap shoulder  belt adjusts to your movement  However  if you brake hard  turn hard  or  if your vehicle receives an impact of 5 mph  8 km h  or more  the safety  belt will become locked and help reduce your forward movement     Energy Management Feature     Front Outboard    e This vehicle has a safety belt system with an energy management  feature at the front seats to help further reduce the risk of injury in  the event of a head on collision     This safety belt system has a retractor assembly that is designed to  extend the safety belt webbing in a controlled manner  This helps  reduce the belt force acting on the user   s chest     Failure to inspect and replace if necessary the Belt and  Retractor assembly after an accident could increase the risk of  injury in a collision     118    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    All safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder  belts  All of the passenger combination lap and shoulder belts have two  types of locking modes described below     Vehicle sensitive mode    This is the normal retractor mode  which allows free shoulder belt length  adjustment to your movements and locking in response to vehicle  movement  For example  if the driver brakes suddenly or turns a corner  sharply  or the vehicle rece
207. m the inside of the  rear window  This may cause damage to the heated grid lines and  will not be covered by your warranty     51    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Lights    HEADLAMP CONTROL  O   O Turns the lamps off     p   Turns on the parking lamps   instrument panel lamps  license  plate lamps and tail lamps     ZD Turns the headlamps on        Autolamp control  if equipped        The autolamp system provides light   sensitive automatic on off control of   the exterior lights normally   controlled by the headlamp control    e To turn autolamps on  rotate the  control counterclockwise to Wy      e To turn autolamps off  rotate the  control clockwise to         The autolamp system also keeps the   lights on for a predetermined   amount of time after the ignition switch is turned to LOCK  You can  change the amount of time the lamps stay on by using the programming  procedure that follows    Autolamps   Programmable exit delay    Programmable exit delay allows the length of the autolamp exit delay to  be changed     To program the auto lamp exit time delay     1  Start with the ignition in the LOCK position and the headlamp control  in the autolamp position     2  Turn the headlamp switch to O     3  Turn the ignition switch to RUN and then back to LOCK    4  Turn the headlamp switch to the autolamp position  The headlamps  will turn on     52    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Lights    5  Wait the desired amou
208. mers refer to your Owner Information Guide for  information on    e coverage period   e exact fuel amounts   e towing of your disabled vehicle   e emergency travel expense reimbursement    e travel planning benefits    Using roadside assistance    Complete the roadside assistance identification card and place it in your  wallet for quick reference  In the United States  this card is found in the  Owner Guide portfolio in the glove compartment  In Canada  the card is  found in the Owner Information Guide in the glove compartment     U S  Ford or Mercury vehicle customers who require roadside assistance   call 1 800 241 3673  Lincoln vehicle customers call 1 800 521 4140     Canadian customers who require roadside assistance  call  1 800 665 2006     If you need to arrange roadside assistance for yourself  Ford Motor  Company will reimburse a reasonable amount  To obtain reimbursement  information  U S  Ford or Mercury vehicles customers call  1 800 241 3673  Lincoln vehicle customers call 1 800 521 4140     Canadian customers who need to obtain reimbursement information  call  1 800 665 2006     Roadside coverage beyond basic warranty    In the United States  you may purchase additional roadside assistance  coverage beyond this period through the Ford Auto Club by contacting  your authorized dealer    Similarly in Canada  for uninterrupted Roadside Assistance coverage  you  may purchase extended coverage prior to your Basic Warranty   s Roadside  Assistance expiring  For more 
209. miles  800  km     Towing a trailer places an additional load on your vehicle   s engine   transmission  brakes  tires and suspension  Inspect these components  carefully after towing     Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the  certification label     Towing trailers beyond the maximum recommended gross trailer  weight exceeds the limit of the vehicle and could result in  engine damage  transmission damage  structural damage  loss of vehicle   control  vehicle rollover and personal injury     Preparing to tow    Use the proper equipment for towing a trailer and make sure it is  properly attached to your vehicle  See your authorized dealer or a  reliable trailer dealer if you require assistance     Hitches    Do not use hitches that clamp onto the vehicle bumper  Use a load  carrying hitch  You must distribute the load in your trailer so that  10 15  of the total weight of the trailer is on the tongue     Safety chains    Always connect the trailer   s safety chains to the frame or hook retainers  of the vehicle hitch  To connect the trailer   s safety chains  cross the  chains under the trailer tongue and allow slack for turning corners     174    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Tires  Wheels and Loading    If you use a rental trailer  follow the instructions that the rental agency  gives to you    Do not attach safety chains to the bumper    Trailer brakes   Electric brakes and manual  automatic or surge type trailer brakes are  sa
210. minates with the parking brake B RAKE  released  have your brake system    serviced immediately      Parking brake  P     Apply the parking brake whenever  the vehicle is parked  To set the  parking brake  press the parking  brake pedal down until the pedal  stops           181    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driving    The BRAKE warning lamp in the   instrument cluster illuminates and   remains illuminated  when the   ignition is turned ON  until the BRAKE    parking brake is released     Always set the parking brake fully and make sure that the  gearshift is securely latched in P  Park      The parking brake is not recommended to stop a moving vehicle   However  if the normal brakes fail  the parking brake can be used to stop  your vehicle in an emergency  Since the parking brake applies only the  rear brakes  the vehicle   s stopping distance will increase greatly and the  handling of your vehicle will be adversely affected     Push the parking brake pedal    downward again to release the ai  parking brake  Driving with the   parking brake on will cause the 3  brakes to wear out quickly and  reduce fuel economy    Note  If the vehicle is driven with          the parking brake applied  a chime  will sound        TRACTION CONTROL    IF EQUIPPED     Your vehicle may be equipped with a Traction Control    system  This  system helps you maintain the stability and steerability of your vehicle  It  is especially useful on slippery road surfaces  
211. n WSS M2C930 A   SAE 5W 20 oil provides optimum fuel economy and durability  performance meeting all requirements for your vehicle   s engine     Do not use supplemental engine oil additives  cleaners or other engine  treatments  They are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage that  is not covered by Ford warranty     Change your engine oil and filter according to the appropriate schedule  listed in scheduled maintenance information     Ford production and aftermarket  Motorcraft  oil filters are designed for  added engine protection and long life  If a replacement oil filter is used  that does not meet Ford material and design specifications  start up  engine noises or knock may be experienced     It is recommended you use the appropriate Motorcraft oil filter  or  another brand meeting Ford specifications  for your engine application     242    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications    BATTERY    Your vehicle is equipped with a  Motorcraft maintenance free battery  which normally does not require  additional water during its life of  service                    If your battery has a cover shield  make sure it is reinstalled  after the battery has been cleaned or replaced     For longer  trouble free operation  keep the top of the battery clean and  dry  Also  make certain the battery cables are always tightly fastened to  the battery terminals     If you see any corrosion on the battery or terminals  remove the cabl
212. n the ignition to the 1  LOCK  position and remove the second  previously programmed coded key from the ignition    7  Within twenty seconds of turning the ignition to the 1  LOCK   position and removing the previously programmed coded Key  insert the  new unprogrammed key  new key valet key  into the ignition    8  Turn the ignition from the 1  LOCK  position to the 3 CRUN  position   Keep the ignition in the 3  RUN  position for at least three seconds but  not more than 10 seconds    9  Remove the newly programmed coded key from the ignition     If the key has been successfully programmed it will start the vehicle   s  engine and the theft indicator light will illuminate for three seconds and  then go out     If the key was not successfully programmed  it will not start your  vehicle   s engine and the theft indicator light will flash on and off  Wait 20  seconds and you may repeat Steps 1 through 8  If failure repeats  bring  your vehicle to your authorized dealer to have the new key s   programmed    To program additional new unprogrammed key s   wait twenty seconds  and then repeat this procedure from Step 1     103    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Locks and Security    PERIMETER ALARM SYSTEM  IF EQUIPPED     The perimeter anti theft system will help prevent your vehicle from  unauthorized entry     If there is any potential perimeter anti theft problem with your vehicle   ensure ALL remote entry transmitters are brought to the authorized
213. nance   information for more information    Trailer towing tips   e Practice turning  stopping and backing up before starting on a trip to  get the feel of the vehicle trailer combination  When turning  make  wider turns so the trailer wheels will clear curbs and other obstacles     175    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Tires  Wheels and Loading    e Allow more distance for stopping with a trailer attached     e If you are driving down a long or steep hill  shift into the    L    gear   position  Do not apply the brakes continuously  as they may overheat   and become less effective    The trailer tongue weight should be 10 15  of the loaded trailer   weight    e After you have traveled 50 miles  80 km   thoroughly check your  hitch  electrical connections and trailer wheel lug nuts     e To aid in engine transmission cooling and A C efficiency during hot  weather while stopped in traffic  place the gearshift lever in P  Park      e Vehicles with trailers should not be parked on a grade  If you must  park on a grade  place wheel chocks under the trailer   s wheels     RECREATIONAL TOWING   Follow these guidelines for your specific powertrain combination to tow  your vehicle for personal travel  such as behind a recreational vehicle or  moving truck     In case of roadside emergency with a disabled vehicle  please refer to the  Wrecker towing section in the Driving chapter    These guidelines are designed to ensure that your transmission is not  
214. nd in the 3  RUN   position     4  The doors will lock  then unlock  to confirm that the programming  mode has been activated     5  Within 20 seconds press any button on the remote entry transmitter to  be programmed  Note  If more than 20 seconds have passed you will  need to start the procedure over again     6  The doors will lock  then unlock  to confirm that each remote entry  transmitter has been programmed     7  Repeat Step 5 to program each additional remote entry transmitter   Note  The first remote transmitter programmed corresponds to Driver 1   the second  Driver 2     8  Turn the ignition to the 1  LOCK  position after you have finished  programming all of the remote entry transmitters  Note  If any one of  the transmitters is not reprogrammed  it will be erased     9  The doors will lock  then unlock  to confirm that the programming  mode has been exited   llluminated entry    The interior lamps illuminate when the remote entry system or the  keyless entry system keypad  if equipped  is used to unlock the door s      The illuminated entry system will turn off the interior lights if   e the ignition is turned to the 3  RUN  position  or   e the remote transmitter lock control is pressed  or   e after 25 seconds of illumination    The inside lights will not turn off if     97    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Locks and Security    e they have been turned on with the dimmer control  or    e any door is open     Battery saver    The
215. nd seat back  The LATCH     anchors are below the locator   symbols on the seat back                    a       151    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    Follow the child seat manufacturer   s instructions to properly install a  child seat with LATCH attachments     Attach LATCH lower attachments of the child seat only to the  anchors shown     If you install a child seat with rigid LATCH attachments  do not tighten  the tether strap enough to lift the child seat off the vehicle seat cushion  when the child is seated in it  Keep the tether strap just snug without  lifting the front of the child seat  Keeping the child seat just touching the  vehicle seat gives the best protection in a severe crash    Each time you use the safety seat  check that the seat is properly  attached to the lower anchors and tether anchor  Try to tilt the child  seat from side to side  Also try to tug the seat forward  Check to see if  the anchors hold the seat in place     If the safety seat is not anchored properly  the risk of a child  being injured in a crash greatly increases     152    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Tires  Wheels and Loading    INFORMATION ABOUT UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING    New vehicles are fitted with tires  that have a rating on them called  Tire Quality Grades  The Quality  grades can be found where  applicable on the tire sidewall  between tread shoulder and  maximum section widt
216. nformation    not available     NO TEXT    NO SIGNAL Loss of signal from    the SIRIUS satellite or    SIRIUS tower to the  vehicle antenna     Update of channel  programming in  progress     UPDATING    CALL SIRIUS  1 888 539 7474    Satellite service has  been deactivated by  SIRIUS Satellite  Radio     Navigation system  if equipped     not available at this  time on this channel   The system is working  properly    Category information  not available at this   time on this channel    The system is working  properly    You are in a location  that is blocking the  SIRIUS signal   e     tunnel  under an  overpass  dense foliage   etc   The system is  working properly  When  you move into an open  area  the signal should  return    No action required  The  process should take no  longer than one  minute    Call SIRIUS at  1 888 539 7474 to  re activate or resolve  subscription issues        Your vehicle may be equipped with a Navigation System  Refer to the    Navigation supplement for further information     30    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Entertainment Systems    FAMILY ENTERTAINMENT DVD SYSTEM  IF EQUIPPED    Your vehicle may be equipped with a Family Entertainment DVD System  which allows you to play commercial DVDs  CDs and also most CD R W   DVD R W  VCD  and MP3 media  You can also plug in and play auxiliary  media devices such as video game systems and MP3 players  Please  review this material to become familiar with the Family Ent
217. ng  a   he SSA   og ms AVS werzon CILS  sjzenb 0 9 e Na         SM  TO 1010 pusrg s  pnpour  qro susug  E He ee oneyquAS UMUWI  SN  dSO 0GMS OX OZ MG AVS YeIo1010 y      Jaqumny jeg pIo IO JUIGN 118g PI0A       267    Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt     2007 Montego  mgo   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications    ENGINE DATA     Engine     3 0L  DOHC V6 engine  183 cubic inches    Required fuel 87 octane    Firing order 1   4   2 5 3 6   Spark plug gap  0 052 0 056 inch  1 32 1 42 mm  Ignition system Coil on plug   Compression ratio 10 0 1       Engine drivebelt routing       e 3 0L V6 Engine    268    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications  IDENTIFYING YOUR VEHICLE    Safety Compliance Certification Label  The National Highway Traffic Safety       Administration Regulations require MFD  BY FORD MOTOR CO    that a Safety Compliance DATE  XXIKX GVWR XXXXXLB  XXXXXKG  Certification Label be affixed to a r T N  vehicle and prescribe where the pea tg   Safety Compliance Certification AT XXX KPAX C PSLCOLD   Label may be located  The Safety THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR  Compliance Certification Label is EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE   located on the structure  B Pillar  TE enit poo  by the trailing edge of the driver   s   door or the edge of the driver s UO ANTM OM AN A TTA  door  EXT PNT  _ XX RCXX D30                 WB BRK TINTTR PPS  R AXLE  TR SPR  XXXXX  XXX X XX X XX XXX XXX  
218. ngine coolant in the Maintenance and Specifications    chapter     Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is  running or hot     Traction Control   active  if  equipped   Illuminates when the  n  Traction Control   is active  If the  light remains on  have the system  serviced immediately  refer to the  Driving chapter for more  information     Low fuel  if equipped    Iuminates when the fuel level in       a     the fuel tank is at or near empty   refer to Fuel gauge in this  chapter      12    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Speed control  Illuminates when  the speed control is engaged  Turns  off when the speed control system  is disengaged     Low washer fluid  if equipped    Iluminates when the windshield  washer fluid is low     Door ajar  if equipped    Iluminates when the ignition is in  the ON position and any door or  decklid is open     Anti theft system  Flashes when  the SecuriLock    Passive Anti theft  System has been activated     Throttle Control Transmission   Iluminates when a powertrain fault  or an AWD fault Gf equipped  has  been detected  Contact your    authorized dealer as soon as possible     Turn signal   lluminates when the  left or right turn signal or the  hazard lights are turned on  If the    Instrument Cluster    a    D     SS    a  PF                et   a         indicators flash faster  check for a burned out bulb     High beams  Illuminates when the    high beam headlamps are turned on     D 
219. njuries related to the deployment of side airbags     The side airbag system consists of  the following     e An inflatable nylon bag  airbag   with a gas generator concealed  behind the outboard bolster of  the driver and front passenger  seatbacks     A special seat cover designed to  allow airbag deployment           e The same warning light   electronic control and diagnostic  unit as used for the front airbags     e Crash sensors located on the B  and C pillars  one sensor on each  pillar on each side of the vehicle         Side airbags  in combination with  safety belts  can help reduce the risk of severe injuries in the event of a  significant side impact collision     The side airbags are fitted on the outboard side of the seatbacks of the  front seats  In certain lateral collisions  the airbag on the side affected by  the collision will be inflated  If the front passenger sensing system  detects an empty seat  the front passenger seat mounted side airbag will  be deactivated  The airbag was designed to inflate between the door  panel and occupant to further enhance the protection provided  occupants in side impact  collisions    The airbag SRS is designed to activate when the vehicle sustains lateral  deceleration sufficient to cause the sensors to close an electrical circuit  that initiates airbag inflation    The fact that the airbags did not inflate in a collision does not mean that  something is wrong with the system  Rather  it means the forces were  not of the 
220. nserting a DVD  This could take an hour  or more depending on the amount of moisture     Cleaning the liquid crystal display  LCD  flip down screen    Clean the display screen by applying a small amount of water or any  ammonia based household glass cleaner directly to a soft cloth  Rub the  screen gently until the dust  dirt or fingerprints are removed  Do not  spray the screen directly with water or glass cleaning solvents  Overspray  from these fluids could drip down into the internal electronics of the  screen and cause damage  Do not apply excessive pressure while  cleaning the screen     44    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Entertainment Systems    Foreign substances   Exercise care to prevent dirt and foreign objects from entering the DVD  player compartment  If liquid is accidentally spilled onto the system   immediately turn the system OFF and consult a qualified service  technician     Cleaning compact discs    Inspect all discs for contamination before playing  If necessary  clean  discs only with an approved CD cleaner and wipe from the center out to  the edge  Do not wipe in a circular motion     Cleaning the DVD player    Clean the exterior of the DVD player with a damp cloth  Do not use CD  cleaning kits or CDs intended to clean the interior of your DVD player   Use of these products may damage your system     45    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Climate Controls    DUAL ZONE AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE 
221. nt Rear  ak   AR  Lock Unlock Symbol aa x  Panic Alarm a  Engine Oil FIA    Engine Coolant      Engine Coolant Temperature   om  x  Do Not Open When Hot Battery    Avoid Smoking  Flames   or Sparks    Explosive Gas A Fan Warning    Battery Acid    Power Steering Fluid Maintain Correct Fluid    is    gt  L    Level  YO  S eon cs   Emission System is Engine Air Filter  3  Passenger Compartment o gt  bd D o  Air Filter au  Check Fuel Cap pS Log ie Pesene       Warning    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Instrument Cluster    WARNING LIGHTS AND CHIMES                   3    vt  4           2     RM    1000          1            o        ODO TRIP                Warning lights and gauges can alert you to a vehicle condition that may  become serious enough to cause extensive repairs  A warning light may  illuminate when a problem exists with one of your vehicle   s functions   Many lights will illuminate when you start your vehicle to make sure the  bulbs work  If any light remains on after starting the vehicle  refer to the  respective system warning light for additional information     Check engine  The Check Engine  indicator light illuminates when the C  ignition is first turned to the ON   position to check the bulb  Solid   illumination after the engine is started indicates the On Board  Diagnostics System  OBD II  has detected a malfunction  Refer to On  board diagnostics  OBD II  in the Maintenance and Specifications  chapter  If the light is bl
222. nt and  safety belt pretensioner activation depending upon safety belt usage   Refer to Safety belt section in this chapter     Front safety belt pretensioners    The safety belt pretensioners at the front outboard seating positions are  designed to tighten the safety belts firmly against the occupant   s body  during frontal collisions  and in side collisions and rollovers when the  vehicle is equipped with the Safety Canopy system  This helps increase  the effectiveness of the safety belts  In frontal collisions  the safety belt  pretensioners can be activated alone or  if the collision is of sufficient  severity  together with the front airbags     Front safety belt energy management retractors    The front outboard safety belt energy management retractors allow  webbing to be pulled out of the retractor in a gradual and controlled  manner in response to the occupant   s forward momentum  This helps  reduce the risk of force related injuries to the occupant   s chest by  limiting the load on the occupant  Refer to Energy management feature  section in this chapter     Determining if the Personal Safety System    is operational    The Personal Safety System   uses a warning light in the instrument  cluster or a back up tone to indicate the condition of the system  Refer  to the Warning lights and chimes section in the Instrument Cluster  chapter  Routine maintenance of the Personal Safety System   is not  required     The Restraints Control Module  RCM  monitors its own int
223. nt of time for the exit delay you want  up to  three minutes   then turn the headlamp switch to O   The headlamps  will turn off     Foglamp control  if equipped    0    With the ignition on  the foglamps  can be turned on when the  headlamp control is pulled toward  you and is in any of the following  positions     e Parking lamps PS   e Low beams gD   e Autolamps  when active  wW   The foglamps will not operate when  the high beams are active    High beams ZD    Pull the lever towards you  to the  second detent  to activate  Pull the  lever towards you again to  deactivate     Flash to pass    Pull toward you  to the first detent   to activate and release to deactivate        53    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Lights    Daytime running lamps  DRL   if equipped   Turns the headlamps on with a reduced output   To activate    e the ignition must be in the ON position     e the headlamp control is in the OFF  autolamps or parking lamp  position and    e the transmission must be out of the Park position     Always remember to turn on your headlamps at dusk or during   inclement weather  The Daytime Running Lamp  DRL  system  does not activate the tail lamps and generally may not provide  adequate lighting during these conditions  Failure to activate your  headlamps under these conditions may result in a collision     PANEL DIMMER CONTROL    Use to adjust the brightness of the  instrument panel and all applicable  switches in the vehicle during  
224. ntal airbag if    e the front passenger seat is unoccupied  or has small medium objects in  the front seat    e the system determines that an infant is present in a rear facing infant  seat that is installed according to the manufacturer s instructions    e the system determines that a small child is present in a forward facing  child restraint that is installed according to the manufacturer   s  instructions    e the system determines that a small child is present in a booster seat    e a front passenger takes his her weight off of the seat for a period of  time    e achild or a small person occupies the front passenger seat     131    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    For side airbag equipped vehicles  the front passenger sensing system  will turn off the passenger seat side airbag if     e the seat is empty and safety belt is unbuckled     The front passenger sensing system   uses a  passenger airbag off    or C PASS AIRBAG OFF _    pass airbag off    indicator which will  illuminate and stay lit to remind you  that the front passenger frontal airbag is disabled  The indicator lamp is  located above the glove box on the instrument panel           Note  The indicator lamp will illuminate for a short period of time when  the ignition is turned to the ON position to confirm it is functional     When the front passenger seat is not occupied  empty seat  or in the  event that the front passenger frontal airbag is ena
225. o  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    Children and airbags    Children must always be properly  restrained  Accident statistics   suggest that children are safer when  properly restrained in the rear   seating positions than in the front   seating position  Failure to follow            these instructions may increase the       risk of injury in a collision     Airbags can kill or injure a  child in a child seat   NEVER place a rear facing child  seat in front of an active airbag  If  you must use a forward facing        child seat in the front seat  move  the seat all the way back                How does the airbag supplemental restraint system work     The airbag SRS is designed to  activate when the vehicle sustains  longitudinal deceleration sufficient  to cause the sensors to close an  electrical circuit that initiates airbag  inflation  The fact that the airbags  did not inflate in a collision does not  mean that something is wrong with  the system  Rather  it means the  forces were not of the type  sufficient to cause activation  Front  airbags are designed to inflate in  frontal and near frontal collisions  not rollover  side impact  or  rear impacts unless the collision causes sufficient longitudinal  deceleration        129    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    The airbags inflate and deflate  rapidly upon activation  After airbag  deployment  it is normal to n
226. o much  power will cause the tires to slip  spin or lose traction  resulting in loss of  vehicle control        Descend a hill in the same gear you  would use to climb up the hill to  avoid excessive brake application  and brake overheating  Do not  descend in neutral  instead   disengage overdrive or manually  shift to a lower gear  When  descending a steep hill  avoid  sudden hard braking as you could  lose control  When you brake hard   the front wheels can   t turn and if  they aren   t turning  you won t be  able to steer  The front wheels have to be turning in order to steer the  vehicle        If your vehicle has anti lock brakes  apply the brakes steadily  Do not     pump    the brakes     194    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driving    Driving on snow and ice  Note  Excessive tire slippage can cause transaxle damage     AWD vehicles have advantages over 2WD vehicles in snow and ice but  can skid like any other vehicle     Should you start to slide while driving on snowy or icy roads  turn the  steering wheel in the direction of the slide until you regain control     Avoid sudden applications of power and quick changes of direction on  snow and ice  Apply the accelerator slowly and steadily when starting  from a full stop     Avoid sudden braking as well  Although an AWD vehicle may accelerate  better than a two wheel drive vehicle in snow and ice  it won   t stop any  faster  because as in other vehicles  braking occurs at all four wh
227. object further  than 10 inches  25 0 cm  from the  side of the vehicle  the tone will  sound for only three seconds  Once  the system detects an object  approaching  the tone will sound  again           The RSS automatically turns on  when the gear selector is placed in  R  Reverse  and the ignition is ON  Rus  An RSS control on the instrument  panel allows the driver to turn the  RSS on and off  To turn the RSS off       189    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driving    in any gear  the ignition must be ON  An indicator light on the control  will illuminate when the system is turned off  If the indicator light  illuminates when the RSS is not turned off  it may indicate a failure in  the RSS    Keep the RSS sensors  located on the rear bumper fascia  free  from snow  ice and large accumulations of dirt  do not clean the  sensors with sharp objects   If the sensors are covered  it will  affect the accuracy of the RSS    If your vehicle sustains damage to the rear bumper fascia  leaving  it misaligned or bent  the sensing zone may be altered causing  inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms     ALL WHEEL DRIVE  AWD  SYSTEM  IF EQUIPPED     Your vehicle may be equipped with a full time All Wheel Drive  AWD   system  With the AWD option  power will be delivered to the front  wheels and distributed to the rear wheels as needed  The AWD system is  active all the time and requires no input from the operator    All components of the AWD syst
228. ogram are  usually decided within forty days after you file your claim with the BBB   To file a claim with the BBB AUTO LINE  you will be asked for your  name and address  information about your vehicle  information about  your concerns and any steps you have already taken to try to resolve  them    You can get more information by calling BBB AUTO LINE at  1 800 955 5100  or writing to    BBB AUTO LINE   4200 Wilson Boulevard  Suite 800   Arlington  Virginia 22203 1833   Note  Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change eligibility  limitations  modify procedures  or to discontinue this process at any time  without notice and without obligation     224    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Customer Assistance    UTILIZING THE MEDIATION ARBITRATION PROGRAM   CANADA ONLY     For vehicles delivered to authorized Canadian dealers  In those cases  where you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford of Canada and the  authorized dealer to resolve a factory related vehicle service concern  have been unsatisfactory  Ford of Canada participates in an impartial  third party mediation arbitration program administered by the Canadian  Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan  CAMVAP      The CAMVAP program is a straight forward and relatively speedy  alternative to resolve a disagreement when all other efforts to produce a  settlement have failed  This procedure is without cost to you and is  designed to eliminate the need for lengthy and expensive legal  proceeding
229. olant in the windshield washer fluid  container  If sprayed on the windshield  engine coolant could  make it difficult to see through the windshield     e Add Motorcraft Premium Gold Engine Coolant or equivalent  meeting Ford specification WSS M97B51 A1  Refer to  Maintenance product specifications and capacities in this chapter    Note  Use of Motorcraft Cooling System Stop Leak Pellets or an   equivalent product meeting Ford specification WSS M99B37 B6  may   darken the color of Motorcraft Premium Gold Engine Coolant from  yellow to golden tan     e Do not add mix an orange colored  extended life coolant such  as Motorcraft Specialty Orange Engine Coolant  meeting Ford  specification WSS M97B44 D  with the factory filled coolant   Mixing Motorcraft Specialty Orange Engine Coolant or any  orange colored extended life product with your factory filled coolant  can result in degraded corrosion protection     e A large amount of water without engine coolant may be added  in case  of emergency  to reach a vehicle service location  In this instance  the  cooling system must be drained and refilled with a 50 50 mixture of  engine coolant and distilled water as soon as possible  Water alone   without engine coolant  can cause engine damage from corrosion   overheating or freezing     e Do not use alcohol  methanol  brine or any engine coolants  mixed with alcohol or methanol antifreeze  coolant   Alcohol  and other liquids can cause engine damage from overheating or  freezing     e 
230. ommunications Equipment     Middle East North Africa vehicle specific information    For your particular global region  your vehicle may be equipped with  features and options that are different from the ones that are described  in this Owner   s Guide  therefore  a supplement has been supplied that  complements this book  By referring to the pages in the provided  supplement  you can properly identify those features  recommendations  and specifications that are unique to your vehicle  Refer to this  Owner   s Guide for all other required information and warnings     2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Introduction    These are some of the symbols you may see on your vehicle     Vehicle Symbol Glossary    Safety Alert    A  ik    T    fe  oe Tether iN    Anti Lock Brake System    Powertrain Malfunction    Fasten Safety Belt    Airbag   Side    Child Seat Installation  Warning    Master Lighting Switch W   Fog Lamps Front    Fuel Pump Reset    Windshield  Defrost Demist    2007 Montego  mgo     Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt     USA  fus     See Owner   s Guide    Airbag   Front    Child Seat    Child Seat Lower  Anchor    Brake System    Brake Fluid    Non Petroleum Based    Speed Control    Hazard Warning Flasher    Fuse Compartment    Windshield Wash Wipe    Rear Window  Defrost Demist    ry        O      Q     S       SD JO    xoen  oe ee    2       Introduction    Vehicle Symbol Glossary                Power vndows AIA Power Window Lockout   A  Fro
231. on with brush agitation to remove brake dust  and dirt  could wear away the clearcoat finish over time    e Do not use hydrofluoric acid based or high caustic based wheel  cleaners  steel wool  fuels or strong household detergent    e To remove tar and grease  use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover   ZC 42   available from your authorized dealer     ENGINE  Engines are more efficient when they are clean because grease and dirt  buildup keep the engine warmer than normal  When washing     229    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Cleaning    e Take care when using a power washer to clean the engine  The  high pressure fluid could penetrate the sealed parts and cause  damage    e Do not spray a hot engine with cold water to avoid cracking the  engine block or other engine components    e Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser  ZC 20  on all parts   that require cleaning and pressure rinse clean    Cover the highlighted areas to prevent water damage when cleaning   the engine                             e 3 0L Duratec engine  e Never wash or rinse the engine while it is running  water in the  running engine may cause internal damage     PLASTIC  NON PAINTED  EXTERIOR PARTS   Use only approved products to clean plastic parts  These products are   available from your authorized dealer    e For routine cleaning  use Motorcraft Detail Wash  ZC 3   A     e If tar or grease spots are present  use Motorcraft Bug and Tar  Remover  ZC 42     e For plastic h
232. ooster  vehicle   s battery           4  Remove the jumper cable from the positive     terminal of the  disabled vehicle   s battery     After the disabled vehicle has been started and the jumper cables  removed  allow it to idle for several minutes so the engine computer can  relearn its idle conditions     218    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Roadside Emergencies    WRECKER TOWING                                        If you need to have your vehicle towed  contact a professional towing  service or  if you are a member of a roadside assistance program  your  roadside assistance service provider    It is recommended that your vehicle be towed with a wheel lift or flatbed  equipment  Do not tow with a slingbelt  Ford Motor Company has not  approved a slingbelt towing procedure    If the vehicle is being towed using wheel lift equipment  the wheels being  raised should be brought to a height of 12 inches  80 cm  above the  non raised wheels to prevent damage to the vehicle    On Front Wheel Drive  FWD  models  if your vehicle is to be towed  from the rear using wheel lift equipment  it is recommended that the  front wheels  drive wheels  be placed on a dolly to prevent damage to  the automatic transaxle  If your vehicle is to be towed from the front  using wheel lift equipment  it is recommended that the rear wheels be  placed on a dolly to prevent damage to the vehicle     219    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     
233. otice a  smoke like  powdery residue or  smell the burnt propellant  This may  consist of cornstarch  talcum  powder  to lubricate the bag  or  sodium compounds  e g   baking  soda  that result from the  combustion process that inflates the  airbag  Small amounts of sodium  hydroxide may be present which  may irritate the skin and eyes  but  none of the residue is toxic     While the system is designed to help   reduce serious injuries  contact with   a deploying airbag may also cause abrasions  swelling or temporary  hearing loss  Because airbags must inflate rapidly and with considerable  force  there is the risk of death or serious injuries such as fractures   facial and eye injuries or internal injuries  particularly to occupants who  are not properly restrained or are otherwise out of position at the time  of airbag deployment  Thus  it is extremely important that occupants be  properly restrained as far away from the airbag module as possible while  maintaining vehicle control     Several air bag system components get hot after inflation  Do not  touch them after inflation     If the air bag has deployed  the air bag will not function   again and must be replaced immediately  If the air bag is not  replaced  the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a  collision     The SRS consists of     e driver and passenger airbag modules  which include the inflators and  airbags      e side airbags and curtain  if equipped   Refer to Side airbag system  later in this
234. ously injured     2  Place gearshift lever in P  Park    turn engine OFF  and block the    diagonally opposite wheel    Q Seke              z              3  Remove wheel cover  if  equipped  with the lug wrench tip  and loosen each wheel lug nut  one half turn counterclockwise but  do not remove them until the wheel  is raised off the ground        210    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Roadside Emergencies    4  Put the jack in the jack notch    next to the tire you are changing      ZA  Turn the jack handle clockwise until  OO  the wheel is completely off the    ground                              lt L  Pal  o  agg L  0  G   lt  w      Keg X  O  Z    TEES    5  Remove the lug nuts with the lug wrench     6  Replace the flat tire with the spare tire  making sure the valve stem is  facing outward  Reinstall the lug nuts until the wheel is snug against the  hub  Do not fully tighten the lug nuts until the wheel has been lowered     7  Lower the wheel by turning the jack handle counterclockwise     8  Remove the jack and fully tighten  the lug nuts in the order shown   Refer to Wheel lug nut torque  specifications later in this chapter  for the proper lug nut torque  specification     9  Install the wheel cover Gf  equipped   The wheel cover will  only install if the Ford Mercury logo  is aligned over the valve stem on the  wheel        211    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Roadside Emergencies    Stowing the tire 
235. pare tire wheel information    Failure to follow these guidelines could result in an increased  risk of loss of vehicle control  injury or death     If you have a dissimilar spare tire wheel  then it is intended for  temporary use only  This means that if you need to use it  you should  replace it as soon as possible with a road tire wheel that is the same size  and type as the road tires and wheels that were originally provided by  Ford  If the dissimilar spare tire or wheel is damaged  it should be  replaced rather than repaired     A dissimilar spare tire wheel is defined as a spare tire and or wheel that  is different in brand  size or appearance from the road tires and wheels  and can be one of three types     1  T type mini spare  This spare tire begins with the letter    T    for tire  size and may have    Temporary Use Only    molded in the sidewall    2  Full size dissimilar spare with label on wheel  This spare tire has  a label on the wheel that states     THIS TIRE AND WHEEL FOR  TEMPORARY USE ONLY       When driving with one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above  do not   e Exceed 50 mph  80 km h     e Load the vehicle beyond maximum vehicle load rating listed on the  Safety Compliance Label    e Tow a trailer   e Use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare  tire   e Use more than one dissimilar spare tire at a time   e Use commercial car washing equipment   e Try to repair the dissimilar spare tire    Use of one of the dissimilar spa
236. ped with radio transmitters  Any such  equipment installed in your vehicle should comply with FCC or CRTC  regulations and should be installed only by a qualified service technician    e Mobile communications systems may harm the operation of your vehicle   particularly if they are not properly designed for automotive use    e To avoid interference with other vehicle functions  such as anti lock  braking systems  amateur radio users who install radios and antennas  onto their vehicle should not locate the Amateur Radio Antennas in  the area of the driver   s side hood    e Electrical or electronic accessories or components that are added to  the vehicle by the authorized dealer or the owner may adversely affect  battery performance and durability     272    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     A  Accessory delay    ccccccccccccceseeees 67  Air cleaner filter           cee 265  Air conditioning   0 0    46  48  Airbag supplemental restraint  SVSUCIN ae eR 127  136  138  and child safety seats             129  description              127  136  138  disposal          cccceceesseeeeeteeees 141  driver airbag              129  137  139  indicator light                 135  141  operation wo    ee 129  137  139  passenger airbag       129  137  139  Side airbag esersernrcesisrsrras 136  All Wheel Drive  AWD    driving off road    190  Antifreeze   see Engine coolant                 245  Anti lock brake system   see Brakes  nssseisrrsnss 180 181  Anti thef
237. que specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and  rust  Use only Ford recommended replacement fasteners     When a wheel is installed  always remove any corrosion  dirt or   foreign materials present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel  or the surface of the wheel hub  brake drum or brake disc that  contacts the wheel  Ensure that any fasteners that attach the rotor to  the hub are secured so they do not interfere with the mounting  surfaces of the wheel  Installing wheels without correct metal to metal  contact at the wheel mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to  loosen and the wheel to come off while the vehicle is in motion   resulting in loss of control        JUMP STARTING    The gases around the battery can explode if exposed to flames   sparks  or lit cigarettes  An explosion could result in injury or  vehicle damage     Batteries contain sulfuric acid which can burn skin  eyes and  clothing  if contacted     213    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Roadside Emergencies    Do not attempt to push start your automatic transmission  vehicle  Automatic transmissions do not have push start  capability  Attempting to push start a vehicle with an automatic  transmission may cause transmission damage     Preparing your vehicle    When the battery is disconnected or a new battery is installed  the  transmission must relearn its shift strategy  As a result  the transmission  may have firm and or soft shifts  This operation is
238. r tachometer  pointer continuously at the top of  the scale may damage the engine     Odometer  Registers the total miles   kilometers  of the vehicle     Refer to Message Center in the  Drivers Controls chapter on how to  switch the display from Metric to  English     Trip odometer  Registers the miles   kilometers  of individual journeys   To reset  select the TRIP function  from the INFO menu  Depressing  the RESET control for  approximately one second will reset  the trip odometer to zero     2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus        B0080C 0 mi       TRIP XXXX X  888888 8 mi       15    Entertainment Systems    AUDIO SYSTEMS    AM FM stereo  single CD Satellite Compatible Sound System   if equipped      19     wO         a mC     TEXT  a                                            SHUFFLE               REW   FF REPEAT   COMPRESS                Accessory delay  Your vehicle is equipped with accessory delay  With  this feature  the window switches and radio may be used for up to ten  minutes after the ignition is turned off or either front door is opened     1  A IV Tuner  Press to  manually go up or down the radio  frequency  Also use in menu mode  to select various settings     In Satellite Radio mode  if equipped   press A   v to tune to the  next previous channel    In CATEGORY MODE  press A   vy to scroll through the list of  available Sirius channel Categories  Pop  Rock  News  etc    Refer to  Category Mode under Menu for further information  
239. r tires wear more evenly  providing better tire performance and  longer tire life  Unless otherwise specified  rotate the tires approximately  every 5 000 miles  8 000 km      e Front Wheel Drive  FWD   vehicles  front tires at top of  diagram     VV NANANA SAA SAAS  CXA NNNSNN AANANANSNAS    161    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Tires  Wheels and Loading    e Rear Wheel Drive  RWD   vehicles Four Wheel Drive   4WD   All Wheel Drive  AWD   vehicles  front tires at top of  diagram     A SX AAAS AA  A SA AARAAN    Sometimes irregular tire wear can be corrected by rotating the tires     Note  If your tires show uneven wear ask an authorized dealer to check  for and correct any wheel misalignment  tire imbalance or mechanical  problem involved before tire rotation     Note  Your vehicle may be equipped with a dissimilar spare tire wheel  A  dissimilar spare tire wheel is defined as a spare tire and or wheel that is  different in brand  size or appearance from the road tires and wheels  If  you have a dissimilar spare tire wheel it is intended for temporary use  only and should not be used in a tire rotation     Note  After having your tires rotated  inflation pressure must be checked  and adjusted to the vehicle requirements     INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THE TIRE SIDEWALL    Both U S  and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to  place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires  This  information identifies and describes t
240. raints    Attaching safety seats with LATCH  Lower Anchors and Tethers for  Children  attachments for child seat anchors    Some child safety seats have two rigid or webbing mounted attachments  that connect to two anchors at certain seating positions in your vehicle   This type of child seat eliminates the need to use safety belts to attach  the child seat  For forward facing child seats  the tether strap must also  be attached to the proper tether anchor  See Attaching safety seats with  tether straps in this chapter     Your vehicle has LATCH anchors for child seat installation at the seating  positions marked with the child seat symbol     All the LATCH lower anchors are  equally spaced  so that a single  LATCH child seat can be installed at  any rear seating position  If two  child safety seats are installed  using the LATCH lower anchors   they must be placed in the  outboard seating positions only   If three child safety seats are installed  use the LATCH lower  anchors for the center child safety seat  however  you must use  child safety seats with lap shoulder belts and tether anchors for  the outboard child seats                                Never attach two LATCH child safety seats to the same anchor    In a crash  one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two  child safety seat attachments and may break  causing serious injury or  death     The lower anchors for child seat    installation are located at the rear  section of the rear seat between the  cushion a
241. rating  temperature     2  Park the vehicle on a level surface and engage the parking brake     3  With the parking brake engaged and your foot on the brake pedal   start the engine and move the gearshift lever through all of the gear  ranges  Allow sufficient time for each gear to engage     4  Latch the gearshift lever in P  Park  and leave the engine running     5  Remove the dipstick  wiping it clean with a clean  dry  lint free rag  If  necessary  refer to Identifying components in the engine compartment  in this chapter for the location of the dipstick     6  Install the dipstick making sure it is fully seated in the filler tube   7  Remove the dipstick and inspect   the fluid level  The fluid should read 4   within the hot range on the dipstick  x  amp _ K    if at normal operating temperature    158  F 176  F  70  C 80  C             263    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications    Checking automatic transmission fluid at cool temperature              32  F 81  F  17  C 27  C   4  If a fluid check is necessary at a low _   _     fluid temperature  32  F 81  F 2s P       17  C 27  C    perform the check  using the cold range on the dipstick   However  the fluid must be re checked at the proper fluid temperature     Low fluid level    Do not drive the vehicle if the fluid  level does not show at all on the  dipstick  RA ol               High fluid level    Fluid levels above the safe range  may result in transaxle f
242. ration the transaxle control module will send a signal to illuminate  the i on the instrument panel     As long as the transaxle engages normally to drive or reverse  it is safe  to drive but if the    illuminates the vehicle should be taken to your  authorized dealer for evaluation as soon as possible     262    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications    If your transaxle does not engage normally  do not attempt to  drive  The vehicle should be towed to your authorized dealer for  evaluation     Checking 6 speed automatic transmission fluid  if equipped     Refer to your scheduled maintenance information for scheduled  intervals for fluid checks and changes  Your transaxle does not consume  fluid  However  the fluid level should be checked if the transaxle is not  working properly  i e   if the transaxle slips or shifts slowly or if you  notice some sign of fluid leakage     Checking automatic transmission fluid at operating temperature   158  F 176  F  70  C 80  C      Automatic transmission fluid expands when warmed  To obtain an  accurate fluid check  drive the vehicle until it is warmed up   approximately 20 miles  30 km    If your vehicle has been  operated for an extended period at high speeds  in city traffic  during hot weather or pulling a trailer  the vehicle should be  turned off for about 30 minutes to allow fluid to cool before  checking     1  Drive the vehicle 20 miles  80 km  or until it reaches normal ope
243. re tires listed above at any one wheel  location can lead to impairment of the following     e Handling  stability and braking performance  e Comfort and noise    207    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Roadside Emergencies    e Ground clearance and parking at curbs  e Winter weather driving capability  e Wet weather driving capability    For vehicles equipped with 4WD  it is not recommended that the vehicle  be operated in 4WD modes with a temporary emergency spare tire  If  4WD operation is necessary  do not operate above speeds of 10 mph  16  km h  or for distances above 50 miles  80 km      3  Full size dissimilar spare without label on wheel   When driving with the full size dissimilar spare tire wheel  do not   e Exceed 70 mph  113 km h    e Use more than one dissimilar spare tire wheel at a time   e Use commercial car washing equipment    e Use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare  tire wheel    The usage of a full size dissimilar spare tire wheel can lead to  impairment of the following     e Handling  stability and braking performance  e Comfort and noise   e Ground clearance and parking at curbs   e Winter weather driving capability   e Wet weather driving capability   e All Wheel driving capability Gf applicable   e Load leveling adjustment  if applicable     When driving with the full size dissimilar spare tire wheel additional  caution should be given to     e Towing a trailer   e Driving vehicles equipped 
244. red on the seat cushion   with the person   s legs comfortably extended     132    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for  about two minutes  This will allow the system to detect that person  and enable the passenger   s frontal airbag     If the indicator lamp remains lit even after this  the person should be  advised to ride in the rear seat     Pass Airbag Off    nt ooo Disabled    Small child in child Disabled  safety seat or booster    belt buckled or  unbuckled    Even with Advanced Restraints Systems  children 12 and under  should be properly restrained in the back seat        After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on safety belts  it   s  very important that they continue to sit properly  A properly seated  occupant sits upright  leaning against the seat back  and centered on the  seat cushion  with their feet comfortably extended on the floor  Sitting  improperly can increase the chance of injury in a crash event  For  example  if an occupant slouches  lies down  turns sideways  sits forward   leans forward or sideways  or puts one or both feet up  the chance of  injury during a crash is greatly increased     Sitting improperly out of position or with the seat back reclined  too far can take off weight from the seat cushion and affect the  decision of the front passenger sensing system  resulting in serious  injury or death in a 
245. rgency stop  avoid skidding the tires and do not  attempt any sharp steering wheel movements     e If the vehicle goes from one type of surface to another  i e   from  concrete to gravel  there will be a change in the way the vehicle  responds to a maneuver  steering  acceleration or braking   Again   avoid these abrupt inputs     AWD Systems  if equipped     AWD uses all four wheels to power  the vehicle  This increases traction   enabling you to drive over terrain  and road conditions that a  conventional two wheel drive vehicle  cannot                       Sand  When driving over sand  try to keep all four wheels on the most solid  area of the trail  Avoid reducing the tire pressures but shift to a lower    192    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driving    gear and drive steadily through the terrain  Apply the accelerator slowly  and avoid spinning the wheels     If your vehicle is equipped with a 6 speed transmission  When  driving at slow speeds in deep sand under high outside temperatures   use L  Low  gear when possible  L  Low  gear operation will maximize  the engine and transmission cooling capability  Do not perform this  operation if your vehicle is equipped with an  electronically controlled CVT     Under severe operating conditions  the A C may cycle on and off to  protect overheating of the engine     Avoid excessive speed because vehicle momentum can work against you  and cause the vehicle to become stuck to the point that assis
246. rol   Press     to increase or     to decrease the volume level    Dual play mode   itkermonr  DBOBOCO    disable dual play           During dual play  the rear vehicle speakers will be deactivated and the  wireless headphones will become active  Please note that the infrared  headphones are active only when the Family Entertainment System is  playing a movie     During dual play mode  two different medias can be played in the  vehicle     1  The driver can choose  and control  a source on the main radio face   radio  CD or DVD  and listen to it using the front speakers     2  Passengers in the rear can listen to the DVD player or AUX input via  the wireless headphones    Single play mode   When the ignition is turned on  the radio will be in Single Play Mode     Single play mode allows one media selection  FM AM  CD  DVD or AUX   to be heard on all the vehicle speakers    If radio is in Dual Play Mode  with a DVD playing in the rear  and  another media  FM AM  CD  playing on front speakers  changing to  single play will turn the DVD player off     When radio is powered off and back on  it will be in Single Play mode   even if upon power off the radio was in Dual play mode     36    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Entertainment Systems    Battery replacement       Batteries are provided with the remote control unit  Since all batteries  have a limited shelf life  replace them when the remote control fails to  control the DVD player  There is a L
247. rom the valve on one tire  then firmly press the tire  gauge onto the valve and measure the pressure with the tire gauge     3  Add enough air to reach the recommended air pressure     Note  If you overfill the tire  release air by pushing on the metal stem in  the center of the valve  Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge     4  Replace the valve cap   5  Repeat this procedure for each tire  including the spare     Note  Some spare tires operate at a higher inflation pressure than the  other tires  For T type mini spare tires  see 7 Type Mini Spare Tire  Information section for description   Store and maintain at 60psi  4 15  bars   For Full Size and Dissimilar spare tires  see Dissimilar Spare  Tire Wheel Information section for description   Store and maintain at  the higher of the front and rear inflation pressure as shown on the Safety  Compliance Certification Label or the Tire Label     6  Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other  objects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air  leak     7  Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges  cuts or bulges   TIRE CARE    Inspecting your tires    Periodically inspect the tire treads for uneven or excessive wear and  remove objects such as stones  nails or glass that may be wedged in the  tread grooves  Check for holes or cuts that may permit air leakage from  the tire and make necessary repairs  Also inspect the tire sidewalls for  cracking  cuts  bruises and ot
248. rotection  For a mounting pressure more than 20 psi greater than the maximum  pressure  a Ford Dealer or other tire service professional should do the  mounting   Always inflate steel carcass tires with a remote air fill with the person  inflating standing at a minimum of 12 ft  away from the tire wheel  assembly     159    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Tires  Wheels and Loading    Important  Remember to replace the wheel valve stems when the road  tires are replaced on your vehicle    It is recommended that the two front tires or two rear tires generally be  replaced as a pair     Safety practices   Driving habits have a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety   e Observe posted speed limits   e Avoid fast starts  stops and turns   e Avoid potholes and objects on the road   e Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against a curb when parking    If your vehicle is stuck in snow  mud  sand  etc   do not rapidly  spin the tires  spinning the tires can tear the tire and cause an  explosion  A tire can explode in as little as three to five seconds     Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph  56 km h   The tires may  fail and injure a passenger or bystander     Highway hazards    No matter how carefully you drive there   s always the possibility that you  may eventually have a flat tire on the highway  Drive slowly to the  closest safe area out of traffic  This may further damage the flat tire  but  your safety is more important     If you 
249. rs first on Ford and Mercury  vehicles  and four years or 50 000 miles  80 000 km  on Lincoln  vehicles     Roadside assistance will cover    e a flat tire change with a good spare  except Ford GT which has a tire  inflation kit    battery jump start    e lock out assistance  key replacement cost is the customer   s  responsibility     fuel delivery     Independent Service Contractors  if not prohibited by  state  local or municipal law shall deliver up to 2 0 gallons  7 5L  of  gasoline or 5 gallons  18 9L  of diesel fuel to a disabled vehicle  Fuel  delivery service is limited to two no charge occurrences within a  12 month period     e winch out     available within 100 feet  30 5 meters  of a paved or  county maintained road  no recoveries     e towing     Ford Mercury Lincoln eligible vehicle towed to an authorized  dealer within 35 miles  56 3 km  of the disablement location or to the  nearest authorized dealer  If a member requests to be towed to an  authorized dealer more than 35 miles  56 3 km  from the disablement  location  the member shall be responsible for any mileage costs in  excess of 35 miles  56 3 km      Trailers shall be covered up to  100 if the disabled eligible vehicle  requires service at the nearest authorized dealer  If the trailer is disabled   but the towing vehicle is operational  the trailer does not qualify for any  roadside services     197    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Roadside Emergencies    Canadian custo
250. rtment    EAN  Do not use the power point for T   n  operating the cigarette lighter J  element  if equipped    To prevent the fuse from being  blown  do not use the power    point s  over the vehicle capacity of  12 VDC 180W     To prevent the battery from being discharged  do not use the power  point longer than necessary when the engine is not running           Always keep the power point caps closed when not being used   Cigar Cigarette lighter  if equipped     Do not plug optional electrical accessories into the cigarette lighter  socket     64    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driver Controls    Do not hold the lighter in with your hand while it is heating  this will  damage the lighter element and socket  The lighter will be released from  its heating position when it is ready to be used     Improper use of the lighter can cause damage not covered by your  warranty     POWER WINDOWS    Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle and do not let  children play with the power windows  They may seriously injure  themselves     When closing the power windows  you should verify they are free  of obstructions and ensure that children and or pets are not in  the proximity of the window openings        Press and pull the window switches   to open and close windows    e Push down  to the first detent  oan ho  and hold the switch to open  AUTO    e Pull up  to the first detent  and  hold the switch to close              One touch up or down    
251. s     In the CAMVAP program  impartial third party arbitrators conduct  hearings at mutually convenient times and places in an informal  environment  These impartial arbitrators review the positions of the  parties  make decisions and  when appropriate  render awards to resolve  disputes  CAMVAP decisions are fast  fair  and final as the arbitrator   s  award is binding both to you and Ford of Canada     CAMVAP services are available in all territories and provinces  For more  information  without charge or obligation  call your CAMVAP Provincial  Administrator directly at 1 800 207 0685     FORD EXTENDED SERVICE PLAN    You can get more protection for your new car or light truck by  purchasing Ford Extended Service Plan  Ford ESP  coverage  It provides  the following     e Benefits during the warranty period depending on the plan you  purchase  such as  reimbursement for rentals  coverage for certain  maintenance and wear items     e Protection against covered repair costs after your Bumper to Bumper  Warranty expires    You may purchase Ford ESP from any participating authorized dealer    There are several plans available in various time  distance and deductible   combinations which can be tailored to fit your own driving needs  Ford   ESP also offers reimbursement benefits for towing and rental coverage    When you buy Ford ESP  you receive Peace of Mind protection   throughout the United States and Canada  provided by a network of   more than 4 600 participating authorize
252. s    Your best source of information about actual fuel economy is you  the  driver  You must gather information as accurately and consistently as  possible  Fuel expense  frequency of fill ups or fuel gauge readings are  NOT accurate as a measure of fuel economy  We do not recommend  taking fuel economy measurements during the first 1 000 miles  1 600  km  of driving  engine break in period   You will get a more accurate  measurement after 2 000 miles 3 000 miles  3 000 km 5 000 km      Filling the tank   The advertised fuel capacity of the fuel tank on your vehicle is equal to  the rated refill capacity of the fuel tank as listed in the Maintenance  product specifications and capacities section of this chapter    The advertised capacity is the amount of the indicated capacity and the  empty reserve combined  Indicated capacity is the difference in the  amount of fuel in a full tank and a tank when the fuel gauge indicates  empty  Empty reserve is the small amount of fuel remaining in the fuel  tank after the fuel gauge indicates empty    The amount of usable fuel in the empty reserve varies and should  not be relied upon to increase driving range  When refueling your  vehicle after the fuel gauge indicates empty  you might not be  able to refuel the full amount of the advertised capacity of the  fuel tank due to the empty reserve still present in the tank    For consistent results when filling the fuel tank     e Turn the engine ignition switch to the off position prior to r
253. s safety belt is The safety belt warning light and    buckled while the indicator warning chime turn off    light is illuminated and the   warning chime is sounding      The driver s safety belt is The safety belt warning light and  buckled before the ignition indicator chime remain off   switch is turned to the ON   position          122    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    BeltMinder      The BeltMinder   feature is a supplemental warning to the safety belt  warning function  This feature provides additional reminders by  intermittently sounding a chime and illuminating the safety belt warning  light in the instrument cluster when the driver   s and front passenger   s  safety belt is unbuckled     The BeltMinder   feature uses information from the front passenger  sensing system to determine if a front seat passenger is present and  therefore potentially in need of a warning  To avoid activating the  BeltMinder   feature for objects placed in the front passenger seat   warnings will only be given to large front seat occupants as determined  by the front passenger sensing system    Both the driver   s and passenger   s safety belt usages are monitored and  either may activate the BeltMinder   feature  The warnings are the same  for the driver and the front passenger  If the BeltMinder   warnings have  expired  warnings for approximately 5 minutes  for one occupant  driver  or front passenger   the other occupant 
254. s the  next CD track     In Satellite Radio mode  if equipped   press SEEK  gt  to seek to the  next channel  If a specific category is selected   Jazz  Rock  News  etc     SEEK  gt  to seek to the next channel in the selected category  Press  and hold SEEK  gt  to fast seek through the next channels    In TEXT MODE  press SEEK B gt  to view the additional display text    In CATEGORY MODE  press SEEK B gt  to select a category    Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS subscription   Check with your authorized dealer for availability     6  Text  In CD mode  press and  release to display track title  artist  name  and disc title and file name  Gf available     In Satellite radio mode  if equipped   press and release to enter TEXT  MODE and display the current song title  While in TEXT MODE  press  again to scroll through the current song title  artist  channel category and  the SIRIUS long channel name    In TEXT MODE  sometimes the display requires additional text to be  displayed  When the     gt     indicator is active  press SEEK to view the  additional display text  When the     lt     indicator is active  press  lt Q SEEK  to view the previous display text        18    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Entertainment Systems    7  Shuffle  Press to play tracks in  random order     8  Comp  Compression   In CD  mode  brings soft and loud CD  passages together for a more  consistent listening level     9  Repeat  Press to repeat t
255. s to activate deactivate air conditioning  Use with  recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency  Engages  automatically in AUTO  defrost and floor defrost    8  Airflow direction control  Press to toggle through the air  distribution modes listed below  The selected mode will be shown in the  display    Pej   Distributes air through the instrument panel and center console  vents  if equipped       lt F   Distributes air through the instrument panel  floor and center  console vents  if equipped       lt A  Distributes air through the floor vents  Note  You may notice a  small amount of air flowing from the demister and defroster vents     GA  Distributes air through the windshield defroster  demister and floor  vents     9  Manual override controls  Allows you to manually select where  airflow is directed  To return to full automatic control  press AUTO     10   lt  Driver heated seat control  Press to heat the driver seat  Press  once to activate high heat  two indicator lights   Press again to activate  low heat  one indicator light   Press again to deactivate the driver  heated seat  Note  The heated seat feature will remain on for  approximately ten minutes     11    Front fan speed control  Press to manually increase or  decrease the fan speed  To return to automatic fan operation  press  AUTO    12  EXT  Press to display outside temperature  Press again to display  cabin temperature settings    13  F C  Temperature conversions   Press to switch temper
256. sary of tire terminology    e Tire label  A label showing the OE  Original Equipment  tire sizes   recommended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the vehicle  can carry     e Tire Identification Number  TIN   A number on the sidewall of  each tire providing information about the tire brand and  manufacturing plant  tire size and date of manufacture  Also referred  to as DOT code     Inflation pressure  A measure of the amount of air in a tire     Standard load  A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry a  maximum load at 35 psi  87 psi  2 5 bar  for Metric tires   Increasing  the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire   s  load carrying capability     Extra load  A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry a  heavier maximum load at 41 psi  43 psi  2 9 bar  for Metric tires      154    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Tires  Wheels and Loading    Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase  the tire   s load carrying capability     e kPa  Kilopascal  a metric unit of air pressure   e PSI  Pounds per square inch  a standard unit of air pressure     e Cold inflation pressure  The tire pressure when the vehicle has  been stationary and out of direct sunlight for an hour or more and  prior to the vehicle being driven for 1 mile  1 6 km      e Recommended inflation pressure  The cold inflation pressure found  on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label
257. seek through the previous channels    In TEXT MODE  press A SEEK to view the previous display text    In CATEGORY MODE  press  lt q SEEK to select a category    Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS subscription   Check with your authorized dealer for availability    15  AM FM  Press to select AM FM  frequency band     16  ON OFF Volume  Press to turn  ON OFF  Turn to increase decrease  volume    If the volume is set above a certain  level and the ignition is turned off   the volume will come back on at a     nominal    listening level when the ignition switch is turned back on     17  CD  Press to enter CD mode  If  a CD is already loaded into the  system  CD play will begin where it  ended last     18  CD eject  Press to eject a CD     Oh    VOL   PUSH    19  CD slot  Insert a CD label side  up        20    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Entertainment Systems    Premium Audiophile In Dash Six CD MP3 Satellite Compatible  Sound System  if equipped        Oe    cD ae   ro    16  MENU    oO 7 nx 2  VOL   PUSH       o   SEEK  SCAN   SEEK   5  a  p S Page saci Fa  Accessory delay  Your vehicle is equipped with accessory delay  With  this feature  the window switches and radio may be used for up to ten    minutes after the ignition switch is turned off or until either front door is  opened     I  A   v Tune Disc selector   Press to manually go up or down  the radio frequency or to select a  desired disc  Also use in menu mode  to se
258. ssenger cannot protect the child from  injury in a collision     Always follow the instructions and warnings that come with any infant or  child restraint you might use     Children and safety belts   If the child is the proper size  restrain the child in a safety seat  Children  who are too large for child safety seats  as specified by your child safety  seat manufacturer  should always wear safety belts    Follow all the important safety restraint and airbag precautions that  apply to adult passengers in your vehicle    If the shoulder belt portion of a combination lap and shoulder belt can  be positioned so it does not cross or rest in front of the child   s face or  neck  the child should wear the lap and shoulder belt  Moving the child  closer to the center of the vehicle may help provide a good shoulder belt  fit     Do not leave children  unreliable adults  or pets unattended in  your vehicle     Child booster seats   Children outgrow a typical convertible or toddler seat when they weigh  40 lb   18 kg  and are around 4 years of age  Although the lap shoulder  belt will provide some protection  these children are still too small for  lap shoulder belts to fit properly  which could increase the risk of serious  injury in a crash    To improve the fit of both the lap and shoulder belt on children who  have outgrown child safety seats  Ford Motor Company recommends use  of a belt positioning booster    Booster seats position a child so that safety belts fit better  They l
259. ssis components is recommended if the vehicle is subjected to  heavy off highway usage     195    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driving    DRIVING THROUGH WATER    If driving through deep or standing  water is unavoidable  proceed very    slowly especially when the depth is  not known  Never drive through  o   water that is higher than the bottom aA    of the wheel rims  for cars  or the  bottom of the hubs  for trucks      When driving through water  traction or brake capability may be limited   Also  water may enter your engine   s air intake and severely damage your  engine or your vehicle may stall  Driving through deep water where  the transmission vent tube is submerged may allow water into the  transmission and cause internal transmission damage     Once through the water  always dry the brakes by moving your  vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal   Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as quickly as dry brakes     196    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Roadside Emergencies    ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE    Getting roadside assistance    To fully assist you should you have a vehicle concern  Ford Motor  Company offers a complimentary roadside assistance program  This  program is separate from the New Vehicle Limited Warranty  The service  is available     e 24 hours  seven days a week    e for the New Vehicle Limited Warranty period of three years or 36 000  miles  60 000 km   whichever occu
260. st course  For example  a tire graded 150  would wear one and one half  112  times as well on the government  course as a tire graded 100     e Traction  The traction grades  from highest to lowest are AA  A  B   and C  The grades represent the tire   s ability to stop on wet pavement  as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test  surfaces of asphalt and concrete  A tire marked C may have poor  traction performance     e Temperature  The temperature grades are A  the highest   B and C   representing the tire   s resistance to the generation of heat and its  ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a  specified indoor laboratory test wheel     13  Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure  Indicates the tire  manufacturers    maximum permissible pressure and or the pressure at  which the maximum load can be carried by the tire  This pressure is  normally higher than the manufacturer   s recommended cold inflation  pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification  Label or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the  driver   s door  The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than  the recommended pressure on the vehicle label     The tire suppliers may have additional markings  notes or warnings such  as standard load  radial tubeless  etc     165    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Tires  Wheels and Loading    Additional information contained on the t
261. stem warning   light in the Instrument Cluster   chapter for information on the brake   system warning light  B RAKE    Four wheel anti lock brake system  ABS     Your vehicle is equipped with an Anti lock Braking System  ABS   This  system helps you maintain steering control during emergency stops by    180    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driving    keeping the brakes from locking  Noise from the ABS pump motor and  brake pedal pulsation may be observed during ABS braking and the  brake pedal may suddenly travel a little farther as soon as ABS braking is  done and normal brake operation resumes  These are normal  characteristics of the ABS and should be no reason for concern     Using ABS    When hard braking is required  apply continuous force on the brake  pedal  do not pump the brake pedal since this will reduce the  effectiveness of the ABS and will increase your vehicle   s stopping  distance  The ABS will be activated immediately  allowing you to retain  steering control during hard braking and on slippery surfaces  However   the ABS does not decrease stopping distance     ABS warning lamp    The ABS lamp in the instrument  cluster momentarily illuminates  when the ignition is turned on  If  the light does not illuminate during    start up  remains on or flashes  the  ABS is disabled due to a malfunction and needs to be serviced     Even when the ABS is disabled    normal braking is still effective   If   your BRAKE warning lamp   illu
262. t 5 digit code    2  Within five seconds  press the 1 e 2 on the keypad and release     3  Press and hold the 1 e 2 for two seconds  This must be done within  five seconds of completing Step 2     Your personal code is now erased and only the factory set 5   digit code  will work   Anti scan feature    If the wrong code has been entered 7 times  35 consecutive button  presses   the keypad will go into an anti scan mode  This mode disables  the keypad for one minute and the keypad lamp will flash     The anti scan feature will turn off after    e one minute of keypad inactivity    e pressing the UNLOCK     control on the remote entry transmitter   e the ignition is turned to the 3  RUN  position     Unlocking and locking the doors using keyless entry    To unlock the driver   s door  enter the factory set 5 digit code or your  personal code  Each number must be pressed within five seconds of each  other  The interior lamps will illuminate     To unlock all doors  enter the factory set code or your personal code   then press the 3 e 4 control within five seconds     To open the trunk  enter the factory set code or your personal code   then press the 5 e 6 control within five seconds     To lock all doors  press the 7 e 8 and the 9 e 0 at the same time  You  do not need to enter the keypad code first   SECURILOCK   PASSIVE ANTI THEFT SYSTEM    SecuriLock   passive anti theft system is an engine immobilization  system  This system is designed to help prevent the engine from being
263. t system                100  104  arming the system n    104  disarming a triggered  SVS bET ere ma rroi EI RN 105  TPIS SEYING 15  beeen discadantdavereeectarsacs 105  Audio system   see Radio  sicsesmsnrisasecesu 16  21  Automatic transaxle  fluid  adding                  262 263  fluid  checking          0      262 263  fluid  refill capacities               266  fluid  specification                 266  Automatic transmission  driving an automatic  OVELOLIVE  esisseattoussieesceeeks 185  187  B  Battery srren irran 243    2007 Montego  mgo     Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt     USA  fus     Index    acid  treating emergencies      243  jumping a disabled battery     213  maintenance free            60 243  replacement  specifications    265  SOLVICINIG    asx cides sass deae 243  BeltMinder   soisessa 123  Brakes sssursrrssninsiscerrinrnnsisi 180  anti lock      eeeeeeeeeeeeseeees 180 181  anti lock brake system  ABS   warning light    aseeseen 181  fluid  checking and adding     262  fluid  refill capacities                266  fluid  specifications                   266  lubricant specifications            266  PALKING   oreinen nene 181  SHITE IMCETIO CK sisusse eneen 184  BULBS  erreren toene 56  C  Capacities for refilling fluids     266  CrS TOL  roroi EE 87  Cassette tape player             008 16  Cell phone USE         ccccceetsceseeseeees 7  Changing a tire 0    eee 206  Child safety restraints                142  child safety belts 0 0    142  Child safety seats  
264. tal restraints  section in this chapter     Front crash severity sensor    The front crash severity sensor enhances the ability to detect the  severity of an impact  Positioned up front  it provides valuable  information early in the crash event on the severity of the impact  This    114    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    allows your Personal Safety System    to distinguish between different  levels of crash severity and modify the deployment strategy of the  dual stage airbags and safety belt pretensioners     Driver   s seat position sensor    The driver   s seat position sensor allows your Personal Safety System    to  tailor the deployment level of the driver dual stage airbag based on seat  position  The system is designed to help protect smaller drivers sitting  close to the driver airbag by providing a lower airbag output level     Front passenger sensing system    For airbags to do their job they must inflate with great force  and this  force can pose a potentially deadly risk to occupants that are very close  to the airbag when it begins to inflate  For some occupants  this occurs  because they are initially sitting very close to the airbag  For other  occupants  this occurs when the occupant is not properly restrained by  safety belts or child safety seats and they move forward during pre crash  braking  The most effective way to reduce the risk of unnecessary  injuries is to make sure all occupants are
265. tance may  be required from another vehicle  Remember  you may be able to back  out the way you came if you proceed with caution     Mud and water    If you must drive through high water  drive slowly  Traction or brake  capability may be limited   When driving through water  determine the depth  avoid water higher    than the bottom of the hubs  if possible  and proceed slowly  If the  ignition system gets wet  the vehicle may stall     Once through water  always try the brakes  Wet brakes do not stop the  vehicle as effectively as dry brakes  Drying can be improved by moving  your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal    Be cautious of sudden changes in vehicle speed or direction when you  are driving in mud  Even AWD vehicles can lose traction in slick mud  As  when you are driving over sand  apply the accelerator slowly and avoid  spinning your wheels  If the vehicle does slide  steer in the direction of  the slide until you regain control of the vehicle    If the transmission  AWD system components or axles are submerged in  water  their fluids should be checked and changed  if necessary     Driving through deep water may damage the transmission     If the front or rear axle is submerged in water  the axle lubricant and  PTU  Power Transfer Unit  lubricant should be checked and changed if  necessary    After driving through mud  clean off residue stuck to rotating driveshafts  and tires  Excess mud stuck on tires and rotating driveshafts causes 
266. te  The doors will lock again  the horn will chirp  and the turn lamps will flash once if all the doors and trunk are closed  If  any door or the trunk is not closed  or if the hood is not closed in  vehicles equipped with the perimeter alarm feature  the horn will chirp  twice and the lamps will not flash    Sounding a panic alarm    Press I  to activate the alarm  The horn will sound and the turn lamps  will flash for a maximum of 3 minutes  Press again or turn the ignition to  the 3  RUN  position to deactivate  or wait for the alarm to timeout in 3  minutes     Note  The panic alarm will only operate when the ignition is in the 1   LOCK  position     Opening the trunk q      Press L   once to open the trunk     e Ensure that the trunk is closed and latched before driving your  vehicle  Failure to properly latch the trunk may cause objects to fall  out or block the driver   s rear view     Memory seats power mirrors adjustable pedals  if equipped   The remote entry system can also control the memory seat  power  mirrors adjustable pedals feature     94    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Locks and Security    Press c   to automatically move the seat  mirrors and adjustable pedals to  the desired memory position  the positions correspond to the transmitter  being used   Note  You can associate a specific remote entry transmitter  to each memory position  For more information on programming the  transmitters to Driver 1 and Driver 2 memory posit
267. tion     Terrain  Hills  mountains  tall buildings  power lines  electric fences   traffic lights and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception     Station overload  When you pass a broadcast tower  a stronger signal  may overtake a weaker one and play while the weak station frequency  is displayed     CD CD player care  Do   e Handle discs by their edges only  Never touch the playing surface     e Inspect discs before playing  Clean only with an approved CD cleaner  and wipe from the center out     26    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Entertainment Systems    Don t     e Expose discs to direct sunlight or heat sources for extended periods  of time     e Clean using a circular motion     CD units are designed to play commercially pressed 4 75 in  12  cm  audio compact discs only  Due to technical incompatibility   certain recordable and re recordable compact discs may not  function correctly when used in Ford CD players  Irregular  shaped CDs  CDs with a scratch protection film attached  and CDs  with homemade paper  adhesive  labels should not be inserted  into the CD player  The label may peel and cause the CD to  become jammed  It is recommended that homemade CDs be  identified with permanent felt tip marker rather than adhesive  labels  Ballpoint pens may damage CDs  Please contact your  authorized dealer for further information     Audio system warranty and service    Refer to the Warranty Guide for audio system warranty information 
268. tion Control    event is an indication that at least some of the tires have exceeded  their ability to grip the road  this may lead to an increased risk of loss  of vehicle control  vehicle rollover  personal injury and death  If you  experience a severe road event  SLOW DOWN     STEERING   To help prevent damage to the power steering system  never hold the   steering wheel at its furthest turning points  until it stops  for more than   a few seconds when the engine is running    It is also important to maintain a proper power steering fluid level in the   power steering fluid reservoir    e Do not operate the vehicle with a low power steering pump fluid level   See Checking and adding power steering fluid in the Maintenance  and Specifications chapter    e Some noise is normal during operation  If the noise is excessive  check  for low power steering pump fluid level before seeking service by your  authorized dealer    e Heavy or uneven steering efforts may be caused by low power steering  pump fluid level  Check for low power steering pump fluid level before  seeking service by your authorized dealer    e Do not fill the power steering pump reservoir above the maximum  level  as this may result in leaks from the reservoir  See Checking and  adding power steering fluid in the Maintenance and Specifications  chapter     183    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driving  If the power steering system breaks down  or if the engine is turned  off   you
269. tion Label     Base Curb Weight     is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of  fuel and all standard equipment  It does not include passengers  cargo  or  optional equipment     168    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Tires  Wheels and Loading    Vehicle Curb Weight     is the weight of your new vehicle when you  picked it up from your authorized dealer plus any aftermarket  equipment     PAYLOAD                           Payload     is the combined weight of cargo and passengers that the  vehicle is carrying  The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found  on the Tire Label on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver   s door   vehicles exported outside the US and Canada may not have a Tire  Label   Look for    THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND  CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX kg OR XXX Ib     for  maximum payload  The payload listed on the Tire Label is the maximum  payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant  If any aftermarket  or authorized dealer installed equipment has been installed on the  vehicle  the weight of the equipment must be subtracted from the  payload listed on the Tire Label in order to determine the new payload     The appropriate loading capacity of your vehicle can be limited   either by volume capacity  how much space is available  or by  payload capacity  how much weight the vehicle should carry   Once  you have reached the maximum payload of your vehicle  do not add  more cargo  even if there is
270. to 0 00 00 when any disc is inserted  into the FES    Removing a CD DVD  while playing    1  Press the STOP EJECT control to stop playback if a disc is playing   2  Press the STOP EJECT control again to eject the CD DVD    If the CD DVD is not removed within the allotted time  the system will  pull the CD DVD back into the system for safety purposes     If the CD DVD will not eject from the system  press and hold the EJECT  control for approximately 2 seconds  The disc should eject whether the  vehicle ignition is ON or OFF     Playing an auxiliary device   1  Connect the video line from your video device to the YELLOW  auxiliary input jack    2  Connect the left and right audio lines to the WHITE  left  and RED   right  auxiliary input jacks respectively     3  Press the MODE control repeatedly until DVD CD AUX  no disc in  player  or DVD CD play  disc in player  illuminates in the radio display   If a disc is in the system  playback should begin  To enable the aux  inputs  press the STOP control or press the AUX control on the DVD  player     41    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Entertainment Systems    On screen indicators                                    PAUSE    Title 02 Chapter 01 Time 000 02   10    ut    9    Hoera SETTING 4X3   01 Eng Dolby D 5 1ch  _    Off 081          Each time a control is pressed  the operational status of the DVD player  is shown on the screen  The following are some possible indicators     1  DVD  CD STATUS  P
271. to the desired speed  When the  vehicle reaches that speed press and release the SET   control           70    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driver Controls    Reducing speed while using speed control    There are two ways to reduce a set  speed     Press and hold the SET   control  until you get to the desired  speed  then release the control   You can also use the SET    control to operate the Tap Down  function  Press and release this  control to decrease the vehicle  set speed in small amounts by 1  mph  1 6 km h     Depress the brake pedal or press  CNCL  Cancel  until the desired    vehicle speed is reached  press  the SET   control           Turning off speed control    There are two ways to turn off the speed control     Note  When you turn off the speed  control or the ignition  your speed  control set speed memory is erased     Depress the brake pedal or press  CNCL  Cancel   This will not  erase your vehicle   s previously set  speed     Press the speed control OFF  control           71    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driver Controls    STEERING WHEEL CONTROLS  Radio control features    e Press MEDIA to select AM  FM1   FM2  or CD  if equipped      In Radio mode     e Press SEEK to access the  next previous strong station     In CD mode     e Press SEEK to listen to the next  track on the disc     In any mode     e Press VOL up or down to adjust  the volume     e Press MUTE to mute the volume       
272. torcraft Custom Vinyl Protectant  U S  only   ZC 40 A   Motorcraft Dash and Vinyl Cleaner  ZC 38    A    Motorcraft Deluxe Leather and Vinyl Cleaner  U S  only   ZC 11   A   Motorcraft Detail Wash  ZC 3   A    Motorcraft Dusting Cloth  ZC 24    Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser  U S  only   ZC 20   Motorcraft Engine Shampoo  Canada only   CXC 66 A   Motorcraft One Step Wash and Wax Concentrate  ZC 6 A   Motorcraft Paint Sealant  ZC 45        233    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Cleaning    Motorcraft Premium Car Wash Concentrate  U S  only   ZC 17 B   Motorcraft Premium Glass Cleaner  Canada only   CXC 100   Motorcraft Premium Liquid Wax  ZC 53 A    Motorcraft Premium Windshield Washer Concentrate  ZC 32   A   Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet  amp  Upholstery Cleaner  ZC 54   Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover  U S  only   ZC 14   Motorcraft Tire Clean and Shine  ZC 28    Motorcraft Triple Clean  U S  only   ZC 13    Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner  ZC 23    Motorcraft Vinyl Cleaner  Canada only   CXC 93    Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner  ZC 37    A        234    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications    SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS    To help you service your vehicle we provide scheduled maintenance  information which makes tracking routine service easy     If your vehicle requires professional service  your authorized dealer can  provide the necessary parts and servi
273. tside your vehicle and do not leave the fuel pump unattended  when refueling your vehicle     this is against the law in some places     Keep children away from the fuel pump  never let children pump fuel     Use the following guidelines to avoid electrostatic charge build up when  filling an ungrounded fuel container     e Place approved fuel container on the ground     e DO NOT fill a fuel container while it is in the vehicle  including the  cargo area      e Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container while  filling    e DO NOT use a device that would hold the fuel pump handle in the fill  position    Fuel Filler Cap    Your fuel tank filler cap has an indexed design with a 1 4 turn on off  feature     When fueling your vehicle   1  Turn the engine off     2  Carefully turn the filler cap counterclockwise 1 4 of a turn until it  stops     3  Pull to remove the cap from the fuel filler pipe    4  To install the cap  align the tabs on the cap with the notches on the  filler pipe    5  Turn the filler cap clockwise 1 4 of a turn until it clicks at least once   If the     indicator comes on and stays on after you start the engine  the    fuel filler cap may not be properly installed  Turn off the engine  remove  the fuel filler cap  align the cap properly and reinstall it     253    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications    If you must replace the fuel filler cap  replace it with a fuel filler  cap that is
274. ttently  have the supplemental  restraint system serviced at an authorized dealer immediately  Unless  serviced  the system may not function properly in the event of a  collision     Seat mounted side airbag system  if equipped  fe    Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the airbag   cover on the side of the seatbacks of the front seats or in front  seat areas that may come into contact with a deploying airbag  Failure  to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in  the event of a collision     Do not use accessory seat covers  The use of accessory seat  covers may prevent the deployment of the side airbags and  increase the risk of injury in an accident     Do not lean your head on the door  The side airbag could injure  you as it deploys from the side of the seatback     Do not attempt to service  repair  or modify the airbag SRS  its  fuses or the seat cover on a seat containing an airbag  See your  authorized dealer     All occupants of the vehicle should always wear their safety belts  even when an airbag SRS is provided     136    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    How does the side airbag system work     The design and development of the side airbag system included  recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of  automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working  Group  These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of  i
275. ty Restraints    All occupants of the vehicle  including the driver  should always  properly wear their safety belts  even when an air bag  supplemental restraint system  SRS  is provided     Always transport children 12 years old and under in the back  seat and always properly use appropriate child restraints     National Highway Traffic Safety Administration  NHTSA   recommends a minimum distance of at least 10 inches  25 cm   between an occupant   s chest and the driver airbag module     Never place your arm over the airbag module as a deploying  airbag can result in serious arm fractures or other injuries     Steps you can take to properly position yourself away from the airbag     e Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the  pedals comfortably     e Recline the seat slightly  one or two degrees  from the upright  position     Do not put anything on or over the airbag module  Placing   objects on or over the airbag inflation area may cause those  objects to be propelled by the airbag into your face and torso causing  serious injury     Do not attempt to service  repair  or modify the airbag  supplemental restraint system  SRS  or its fuses  See your  authorized dealer     Modifying or adding equipment to the front end of the vehicle    including frame  bumper  front end body structure and tow  hooks  may affect the performance of the airbag system  increasing the  risk of injury  Do not modify the front end of the vehicle     128    2007 Monteg
276. ty System    can adapt the deployment strategy of your  vehicle   s safety devices according to crash severity and occupant  conditions  A collection of crash and occupant sensors provides  information to the Restraints Control Module  RCM   During a crash  the  RCM activates the safety belt pretensioners and or either one or both  stages of the dual stage airbag supplemental restraints based on crash  severity and occupant conditions     The fact that the pretensioners or airbags did not activate for both front  seat occupants in a collision does not mean that something is wrong with  the system  Rather  it means the Personal Safety System   determined  the accident conditions  crash severity  belt usage  etc   were not  appropriate to activate these safety devices  Front airbags are designed  to activate only in frontal and near frontal collisions  not rollovers  side  impacts or rear impacts  unless the collision causes sufficient  longitudinal deceleration  The pretensioners are designed to activate in  frontal and near frontal collisions  and in side collisions and rollovers  when the vehicle is equipped with the Safety Canopy    system    Driver and passenger dual stage airbag supplemental restraints  The dual stage airbags offer the capability to tailor the level of airbag  inflation energy  A lower  less forceful energy level is provided for more  common  moderate severity impacts  A higher energy level is used for    the most severe impacts  Refer to Airbag supplemen
277. type sufficient to cause activation  Side airbags are designed  to inflate in side impact collisions  not roll over  rear impact  frontal or  near frontal collisions  unless the collision causes sufficient lateral  deceleration     137    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    Several air bag system components get hot after inflation  Do not  touch them after inflation     If the side airbag has   deployed  the airbag will  not function again  The side  airbag system  including the  seat  must be inspected and  serviced by an authorized  dealer  If the airbag is not  replaced  the unrepaired area will  increase the risk of injury in a  collision        Safety Canopy    system  if equipped  fe    Do not place objects or   mount equipment on or  near the headliner at the siderail  that may come into contact with a  deploying Safety Canopy     Failure  to follow these instructions may  increase the risk of personal injury  in the event of a collision     Do not lean your head on the door  The Safety Canopy    could  injure you as it deploys from the headliner              Do not attempt to service  repair  or modify the Safety Canopy     system  its fuses  the A  B  or C pillar trim  or the headliner on a  vehicle containing a Safety Canopy     See your authorized dealer     138    2007 Montego  mgo     Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Seating and Safety Restraints    All occupants of the vehicle including the dr
278. uid and  wipers   checking and adding fluid       238   Operati ON pare na A EAE 61   replacing wiper blades             239  Wrecker towing oo    ceecceeeeeee 219    279    280    
279. uide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driving    Guarding against exhaust fumes    Carbon monoxide is present in exhaust fumes  Take precautions to avoid  its dangerous effects     If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle  have your dealer  inspect your vehicle immediately  Do not drive if you smell  exhaust fumes     Important ventilating information  If the engine is idling while the vehicle is stopped for a long period of    time  open the windows at least one inch  2 5 cm  or adjust the heating  or air conditioning to bring in fresh air     ENGINE BLOCK HEATER  IF EQUIPPED     An engine block heater warms the engine coolant which aids in starting  and heater defroster performance  Use of an engine block heater is  strongly recommended if you live in a region where temperatures reach   10  F   23  C  or below  For best results  plug the heater in at least three  hours before starting the vehicle  The heater can be plugged in the night  before starting the vehicle     To reduce the risk of electrical shock  do not use your heater  with ungrounded electrical systems or two pronged  cheater   adapters     BRAKES   Occasional brake noise is normal  If a metal to metal  continuous grinding  or continuous squeal sound is present  the brake linings may be worn out  and should be inspected by an authorized dealer  If the vehicle has  continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel while braking  the  vehicle should be inspected by an authorized dealer    Refer to Brake sy
280. um in  the fuel tank may damage the fuel system or cause the fuel cap  to disengage in a collision  which may result in possible personal injury     Automotive fuels can cause serious injury or death if misused or  mishandled     i Gasoline may contain benzene  which is a cancer causing agent     251    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications    Observe the following guidelines when handling automotive fuel     e Extinguish all smoking materials  and any open flames before  refueling your vehicle     e Always turn off the vehicle before  refueling     e Automotive fuels can be harmful  or fatal if swallowed  Fuel such as gasoline is highly toxic and if  swallowed can cause death or permanent injury  If fuel is swallowed   call a physician immediately  even if no symptoms are immediately  apparent  The toxic effects of fuel may not be visible for hours     Avoid inhaling fuel vapors  Inhaling too much fuel vapor of any kind  can lead to eye and respiratory tract irritation  In severe cases   excessive or prolonged breathing of fuel vapor can cause serious  illness and permanent injury     Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes  If fuel is splashed in the eyes   remove contact lenses  if worn   flush with water for 15 minutes and  seek medical attention  Failure to seek proper medical attention could  lead to permanent injury     Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed through the skin  If fuel is  splashed on the skin and or 
281. vance action  and return to normal playback mode          Enter control    The ENTER control allows you to  _enrer    select highlighted items when in    MENU mode     33    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Entertainment Systems    CD play mode    Press NEXT during CD play to  advance to the next track  If you  press NEXT while the last track is  playing  the system will wrap around  to the first track and begin play        Slow play mode    To enter slow play mode  press the   gt I    PLAY PAUSE control  This will   pause the disc playing  Once the   system is in pause mode  press the FWD or REV control for slow motion  playback  Three different speeds in forward and one speed in reverse are  available depending on how long the control is held  Slow reverse only  has one speed  Press the control once for slow motion playback  Press  the control again to disengage slow motion playback  Press the  PLAY PAUSE control to return to normal playback mode     User menu mode    To adjust the display setting  press  DISP once and the player menu will  _ ose     appear  Press DISP again to adjust   the display setting  Use the arrow controls and the ENTER controls to  select the various screen settings   Available screen selections are 16x9   4x3 and Zoom      The DVD player will read the disc type and configure the display  accordingly  Some movies have a wide screen movie format to fit a  normal 4x3 screen  In this case  the movie will have black bars on
282. w will automatically reverse  direction and move down  This is known as    bounce back     If the ignition  is turned OFF  without accessory delay being active  during  bounce back  the window will move down until the bounce back position  is reached     Security Override    If during a bounce back condition  the switch is released to the neutral  position  then held in the one touch up position within two seconds after  the window reaches the bounce back position  the window will travel  up with no bounce back protection  If the switch is released before  the window reaches fully closed or the ignition is turned OFF  without  accessory delay being active   the window will stop  Security override  can be used if the window movement is restricted in some way  for  example  if there is ice on the window or seals     66    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driver Controls    Accessory delay    With accessory delay  the radio  Family Entertainment DVD System  if  equipped   power windows  and moonroof  if equipped  operate for up  to ten minutes after the ignition switch is turned from the ON to the  OFF position or until one of the front doors are opened     AUTOMATIC DIMMING INSIDE REAR VIEW MIRROR  IF EQUIPPED   Your vehicle may be equipped with    an inside rear view mirror with an  auto dimming function  The  electronic day night mirror will    change from the normal  high 8 8  reflective  state to the non glare    darkened  state when bright lig
283. well as for  future programming procedures  i e  new HomeLink   equipped vehicle  purchase   It is also suggested that upon the sale of the vehicle  the  programmed Homelink   buttons be erased for security purposes  refer to  Programming in this section     Programming  Do not program HomeLink   with the vehicle parked in the garage     Note  Your vehicle may require the ignition switch to be turned to the  ACC position for programming and or operation of the HomeLink    It is  also recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand held  transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink   for quicker  training and accurate transmission of the radio frequency signal     74    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Driver Controls    1  Press and hold the two outside   buttons releasing only when the 1  indicator light begins to flash after   20 seconds  Do not repeat Step 1   to program additional hand held   transmitters to the remaining two   HomeLink   buttons  This will erase      previously programmed hand held N    transmitter signals into HomeLink         2  Position the end of your   hand held transmitter 1 3 inches  2 8 cm  away from the HomeLink    button you wish to program  located on your visor  while keeping the  indicator light in view    3  Simultaneously press and hold   both the HomeLink   and hand held AT   transmitter button  Do not release   the buttons until Step 4 has   been completed    Some entry gates and garage door  
284. witch is in the OFF position  then open the  hood     2  Turn the front wheels inboard and loosen the three screws on the  splash shield in front of the tire     3  Locate the sidemarker lamp  electrical connector and remove it  by pulling it straight off     4  Remove the bulb socket by  turning it counterclockwise and  pulling it straight out    5  To remove the bulb  pull it  straight out of the bulb socket                                            Install the new bulb s  in reverse order     58    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Lights    Replacing turn signal lamp backup lamp bulbs    The backup lamp and turn signal lamp bulbs are located in the tail lamp  assembly  Follow the same steps to replace either bulb     1  Turn signal lamp  2  Backup lamp                1  Make sure the headlamp switch is in the OFF position and open the  trunk     2  Remove the cargo net fastener  Carefully pull the carpet away to  expose the backside of the tail lamp assembly     3  Remove the nut and washer assemblies  then pull the lamp assembly  away from the vehicle     4  Remove the bulb socket by  rotating it counterclockwise  then  pulling it out of the lamp assembly     5  Pull the bulb straight from the  socket        Install new bulb s  in reverse order    Replacing brake and tail lamp bulbs   These must be replaced by your authorized dealer   Replacing high mount brake lamp bulbs   This must be replaced by your authorized dealer     59    2007 Monte
285. with a camper body   e Driving vehicles with a load on the cargo rack   Drive cautiously when using a full size dissimilar spare tire wheel and  seek service as soon as possible     208    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Roadside Emergencies    Removing the spare tire and jack    1  Lift the trunk cargo cover  and  remove the wing nut that secures  the spare tire by turning it  counterclockwise     2  Lift and remove the spare tire  from the trunk     3  Remove the second wing nut that  secures the jack retention bracket  by turning it counterclockwise   remove the jack kit from the  vehicle     4  Remove the jack and the wrench  from the felt bag  Fold down the  wrench socket to use to loosen the  lug nuts and to operate the jack     Tire change procedure    1  Park on a level surface  activate  hazard flashers and set the parking  brake           When one of the front wheels is off the ground  the transaxle  alone will not prevent the vehicle from moving or slipping off the  jack  even if the vehicle is in P  Park      209    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Roadside Emergencies    To help prevent the vehicle from moving when you change a tire    be sure to place the transaxle in P  Park   set the parking brake  and block  in both directions  the wheel that is diagonally opposite   other side and end of the vehicle  to the tire being changed     If the vehicle slips off the jack  you or someone else could be  seri
286. wn a Ford or Mercury vehicle and are away from home when  your vehicle needs service  or if you need more help than the authorized  dealer could provide  after following the steps described above  contact  the Ford Customer Relationship Center to find an authorized dealer to  help you     In the United States     Ford Motor Company   Customer Relationship Center   P O  Box 6248   Dearborn  MI 48121   1 800 392 3673  FORD     TDD for the hearing impaired  1 800 232 5952   www customersaskford com    221    2007 Montego  mgo   Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt   USA  fus     Customer Assistance    In Canada    Customer Relationship Centre   Ford Motor Company of Canada  Limited   P O  Box 2000   Oakville  Ontario L6J 5E4   1 800 565 3673  FORD    www ford ca   If you own a Lincoln vehicle and are away from home when your vehicle  needs service  or if you need more help than the authorized dealer could  provide  after following the steps described above  contact the Ford  Customer Relationship Center to find an authorized dealer to help you   In the United States    Ford Motor Company   Customer Relationship Center   P O  Box 6248   Dearborn  MI 48121   1 800 521 4140    TDD for the hearing impaired  1 800 232 5952   www customersaskford com   In Canada    Lincoln Centre   Ford Motor Company of Canada  Limited   P O  Box 2000   Oakville  Ontario L6J 5E4   1 800 387 9333   www lincolncanada com    In order to help you service your Lincoln vehicle  please have the  following information
287. y apxesuen  poeds g   ewomy      TO 06MO8 AX    p uolssnusuedy ILWOMY    104  swenb py     MVO SLX Umud 1Jes1d10JO    lt  pma UOIsstursuesy     V EE6OZNW SSM   i0196  ping epxesuedy   OAL WYO PLQPHLA syzenD 0 OT LAO onewomy    sulyerjaued YLIOIOJON     Yozer pooy    Yoyey 100q       V E9IIQN SSM Pm AT PHA IN  tossa uo NIW  10 V GO9NW VSH     LOC   JULwIoJ  d      O T Wd 10 T Wd 481H YeIOIOJOPY Aa      cequny Ld p104 IO DUeN 118g PIOA  Ne     Ne     SHILIOVdVO ANY SNOILVOISIDAdS LONGOYd JAONVNALNIVN X    pings syerg       Owners Guide  post 2002 fmt     2007 Montego  mgo   USA  fus     Maintenance and Specifications       apres nod ut peddimbe ATTeursi10   d4  uejoo  9U  PPV    YILU UOLO TTY 9U  PUL V OS6OZN SSM UOHeoylooeds p10 JO syusweimMbel   ayy Joour ATUO p    u  IO   urSuy ATOYEpULUT JOU ST  IO 1OJOUL PUT IM  YJU  S IO M  YJU  S JO aS         aseulep opxesuel   PUTO UT   asned ABUL UOTYOYloods pepusUIUIOIEI BY  JOoUT PY  BSOY  UL  T  YJO pry Uotsstursuet  Aue SUSAN     sosueyo ping suLinp Area   eur qunowe yenjoy    Ayoedeo py Arp oyeurtxoiddy     E E  ayeIUIOUOD    Do a TOYSEA  PIOUSPUM CIO S  zo TOT   pmy z0ysem proryspum  UMMA g IYeIIOJOF     eNOoddN TIOAI9S91 UO NIN   pmiy Sumoas omod    XAO 7 LX eNOOUdN YLeIIOJoON   PUB XVIN UeeMjog  9T LET6ENWN SSM SJoT ed YeaT doyg woyshg s  d Yeoy    9 OA SUIHOOQ Yesd101 0  dojs w   s4s SUT OOD   pa 10 oo mMo aA     is   v  IV T99L6I SSM en a f a jurjooo am8uq    TLA Unud IJeI01070W i 9T       peuep  TO       T A IOJO W umuq Jed
    
Download Pdf Manuals
 
 
    
Related Search
    
Related Contents
Peerless Pivot Wall Arm  EA818EE-1A [無段変速]ハンドグラインダー 取扱説明書 - 作業中    Sony XR-3501MK2 User's Manual  Manual - ACCES I/O Products    Arena Q7 Zoom User Manual ver 2  Manual de referencia  K463取扱説明書を見る    Copyright © All rights reserved. 
   Failed to retrieve file